Craftsman 143.004014 Specifications

TECUMSEH
T E C H N I C I A N ' S
H A N D B O O K
This manual covers engine models:
ECV100 - 120, H22 - 80, HH40 - 70, HHM80, HM70 - 100,
HMSK70 - 110, HMXL70, HS40 - 50, HSK30 - 70, HSSK40 - 50,
HT30 - 35, HXL35, LAV30 - 50, LEV80 - 120, TNT100 - 120,
TVM125 - 220, TVXL170 - 220, TVS75 - 120, TVXL105 - 115,
V40 - 80, VH40 - 70, V60 - 70, VM70 - 100
Model numbers are located on the engine shroud.
3 TO 11 HP
4-CYCLE
L-HEAD
ENGINES
ENGINES & TRANSMISSIONS
CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 1
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................................................................ 1
INTERPRETATION OF MODEL NUMBER .................................................................................................... 1
SHORT BLOCKS ........................................................................................................................................... 2
FUEL .............................................................................................................................................................. 2
ENGINE OIL ................................................................................................................................................... 3
TUNE-UP PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................................... 3
STORAGE ...................................................................................................................................................... 4
CHAPTER 2 AIR CLEANERS ...................................................................................................................... 5
GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................ 5
OPERATION .................................................................................................................................................. 5
COMPONENTS .............................................................................................................................................. 5
TROUBLESHOOTING OR TESTING ............................................................................................................ 5
SERVICE ....................................................................................................................................................... 6
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE ...................................................................................................................... 6
POLYURETHANE-TYPE FILTER ELEMENT ................................................................................................ 6
PAPER-TYPE FILTER ELEMENT ................................................................................................................. 6
CHAPTER 3 CARBURETORS AND FUEL SYSTEMS ................................................................................. 7
GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................................................ 7
OPERATION .................................................................................................................................................. 8
FUEL PRIMERS ............................................................................................................................................. 8
IMPULSE FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................................................................ 9
FLOAT STYLE CARBURETORS ................................................................................................................... 9
DIAPHRAGM (PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL) CARBURETORS .................................................................... 9
COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 10
CARBURETOR IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................................................... 11
DUAL SYSTEM CARBURETORS ................................................................................................................ 11
SERIES 1 CARBURETORS ......................................................................................................................... 11
SERIES 3 & 4 CARBURETORS .................................................................................................................. 11
DIAPHRAGM CARBURETORS ................................................................................................................... 11
SERIES 6 CARBURETORS 4-CYCLE ......................................................................................................... 12
SERIES 8 ..................................................................................................................................................... 12
SERIES 9 ..................................................................................................................................................... 12
SERIES 10 (EMISSION) .............................................................................................................................. 12
SERIES 11 ................................................................................................................................................... 12
SERIES 11 BRIDGED .................................................................................................................................. 13
NON-TECUMSEH CARBURETORS -- DELLORTO CARBURETOR ......................................................... 12
ENGINE TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ..................................................................................................... 13
CARBURETION TROUBLESHOOTING CHART ......................................................................................... 14
TESTING ...................................................................................................................................................... 15
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 15
CARBURETOR PRE-SETS AND ADJUSTMENTS ..................................................................................... 15
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS (NON-EMISSION ENGINES) ................................................................................. 16
NON-ADJUSTABLE CARBURETOR ........................................................................................................... 16
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 17
FLOAT STYLE CARBURETORS ................................................................................................................. 17
DIAPHRAGM CARBURETORS ................................................................................................................... 19
FLOAT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE ............................................................................................................. 19
INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................................... 20
ASSEMBLY .................................................................................................................................................. 21
STANDARD SERVICE CARBURETORS .................................................................................................... 24
CHAPTER 4 GOVERNORS AND LINKAGE ............................................................................................... 26
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 26
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................ 26
INTERNAL COMPONENTS (VARIOUS STYLES) ....................................................................................... 26
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................................................. 26
ENGINE OVERSPEEDING .......................................................................................................................... 27
ENGINE SURGING ...................................................................................................................................... 27
C Tecumseh Products Company
1998
i
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 27
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................................... 27
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE FOR SHORT BLOCK INSTALLATIONS ............................... 27
GOVERNOR GEAR AND SHAFT SERVICE ............................................................................................... 28
SPEED CONTROLS AND LINKAGE ........................................................................................................... 29
CHAPTER 5 REWIND STARTERS ............................................................................................................. 35
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 35
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................ 35
COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 35
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 35
ROPE SERVICE .......................................................................................................................................... 35
RETAINER REPLACEMENT ....................................................................................................................... 36
STYLIZED REWIND STARTER (TVS, HM, TVM, TVXL), AND STAMPED STEEL STARTER
(HM, VM, TVM, TVXL) ............................................................................................................................. 36
STYLIZED REWIND STARTER WITH PLASTIC RETAINER ...................................................................... 37
STANDARD STAMPED STEEL AND CAST ALUMINUM STARTER (HM, VM) .......................................... 38
VERTICAL PULL STARTER HORIZONTAL ENGAGEMENT TYPE ........................................................... 39
VERTICAL PULL STARTER VERTICAL ENGAGEMENT TYPE ................................................................. 40
CHAPTER 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ..................................................................................................... 42
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 42
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................ 42
STARTING CIRCUIT AND ELECTRIC STARTERS .................................................................................... 42
CHARGING CIRCUIT .................................................................................................................................. 42
CONVERTING ALTERNATING CURRENT TO DIRECT CURRENT .......................................................... 43
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER SINGLE DIODE .................................................................................................. 43
FULL WAVE RECTIFIER BRIDGE RECTIFIER ........................................................................................... 43
COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 43
BATTERY ..................................................................................................................................................... 43
WIRING ........................................................................................................................................................ 43
ELECTRICAL TERMS .................................................................................................................................. 44
BASIC CHECKS ........................................................................................................................................... 45
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRICAL STARTER CIRCUIT FLOW CHART ................................................ 46
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRICAL CHARGING CIRCUIT FLOW CHART .............................................. 47
TESTING PROCEDURE .............................................................................................................................. 48
STARTING CIRCUIT .................................................................................................................................... 48
CHARGING CIRCUIT .................................................................................................................................. 48
VOLTAGE REGULATIONS .......................................................................................................................... 56
LOW OIL SHUTDOWN SWITCHES ............................................................................................................ 56
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 57
12 VOLT OR 120 VOLT ELECTRIC STARTERS WITH EXPOSED SHAFT ............................................... 57
12 VOLT D.C. OR 120 VOLT A.C. ELECTRIC STARTERS WITH THE STARTER GEAR UNDER
THE CAP ASSEMBLY ............................................................................................................................. 57
INSPECTION ............................................................................................................................................... 58
CHAPTER 7 FLYWHEEL BRAKE SYSTEMS............................................................................................. 59
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 59
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................ 59
BOTTOM SURFACE SYSTEM .................................................................................................................... 59
INSIDE EDGE SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................. 60
COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 60
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 61
FLYWHEEL REMOVAL ............................................................................................................................... 61
BRAKE LEVER AND PAD ........................................................................................................................... 61
IGNITION GOUNDOUT TERMINAL ............................................................................................................ 61
STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH ................................................................................................................ 62
CONTROL CABLE ....................................................................................................................................... 62
BRAKE BRACKET REPLACEMENT ........................................................................................................... 62
CHAPTER 8 IGNITION ................................................................................................................................ 63
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 63
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................ 63
SOLID STATE IGNITION SYSTEM (CDI) .................................................................................................... 63
MAGNETO IGNITION SYSTEM (POINTS) .................................................................................................. 63
ii
IDENTIFICATION OF TECUMSEH IGNITION SYSTEMS ........................................................................... 64
COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 64
IGNITION TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................................ 66
TESTING PROCEDURE .............................................................................................................................. 67
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 68
SPARK PLUG SERVICE .............................................................................................................................. 68
CONDITIONS CAUSING FREQUENT SPARK PLUG FOULING ................................................................ 68
IGNITION TIMING PROCEDURE ................................................................................................................ 68
SERVICE TIPS ............................................................................................................................................. 71
CHAPTER 9 INTERNAL ENGINE AND CYLINDER ................................................................................... 72
GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................................................................... 72
OPERATION ................................................................................................................................................ 72
4-CYCLE ENGINE THEORY ....................................................................................................................... 72
LUBRICATION SYSTEMS ........................................................................................................................... 73
COUNTERBALANCE SYSTEMS ................................................................................................................. 73
COMPONENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 74
ENGINE OPERATION PROBLEMS ............................................................................................................. 75
TESTING ...................................................................................................................................................... 77
ENGINE KNOCKS ....................................................................................................................................... 77
ENGINE OVERHEATS ................................................................................................................................ 77
SURGES OR RUNS UNEVENLY ................................................................................................................ 77
ENGINE MISFIRES ...................................................................................................................................... 77
ENGINE VIBRATES EXCESSIVELY ........................................................................................................... 78
BREATHER PASSING OIL .......................................................................................................................... 78
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION .............................................................................................................. 78
LACKS POWER ........................................................................................................................................... 78
SERVICE ..................................................................................................................................................... 79
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE .................................................................................................................... 79
CYLINDERS ................................................................................................................................................. 81
CYLINDER HEADS ...................................................................................................................................... 82
PISTONS, RINGS AND CONNECTING RODS ........................................................................................... 82
CRANKSHAFTS AND CAMSHAFTS ........................................................................................................... 84
VALVES ....................................................................................................................................................... 85
CRANKCASE BREATHERS ........................................................................................................................ 86
CYLINDER COVER, OIL SEAL, AND BEARING SERVICE ........................................................................ 87
CRANKSHAFT BEARING SERVICE ........................................................................................................... 88
COUNTERBALANCE SERVICE .................................................................................................................. 89
FLYWHEEL SERVICE ................................................................................................................................. 89
CHAPTER 10 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................. 90
FOUR CYCLE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................... 91
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD POINT IGNITION ....................................................................... 93
SOLID STATE AND EXTERNAL IGNITION ................................................................................................. 97
CHAPTER 11 EDUCATION MATERIALS AND TOOLS ........................................................................... 102
DECIMAL / FRACTION CONVERSIONS ................................................................................................... 105
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE SUPPLEMENT INCLUDED IN BACK OF BOOK
iii
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION
Tecumseh engine model, specification, and serial
numbers or (date of manufacture, DOM) are stamped
into the blower housing or located on a decal on the
engine in locations as illustrated (diag. 1 & 2).
COVER BEZEL
NOTE: On some LEV engines, a cover bezel must be
removed to provide access to the identification decal
(diag. 1).
The engine identification decal also provides the
applicable warranty code and oil recommendations (diag.
3).
MODEL AND
D.O.M. NUMBER
DECAL
LOCATED
UNDER COVER
(IF SO EQUIPPED)
Emissionized engines that meet the California Air
Resource Board (C.A.R.B.) or the Environmental
Protection Agency (E.P.A.) standards will include
additional required engine information on the engine decal
(diag. 3).
PRESS IN AND LIFT
HERE TO RELEASE
COVER
Ç
INTERPRETATION OF MODEL NUMBER
The first letter designation in a model number indicates
basic type of engine.
V
- Vertical Shaft
LAV - Lightweight Aluminum Vertical
VM - Vertical Medium Frame
TVM - Tecumseh Vertical (Medium Frame)
VH
- Vertical Heavy Duty (Cast Iron)
TVS - Tecumseh Vertical Styled
TNT - Toro N’ Tecumseh
ECV - Exclusive Craftsman Vertical
TVXL - Tecumseh Vertical Extra Life
LEV - Low Emissions Vertical
H
- Horizontal Shaft
HS
- Horizontal Small Frame
HM - Horizontal Medium Frame
HHM - Horizontal Heavy Duty (Cast Iron) Medium Frame
HH - Horizontal Heavy Duty (Cast Iron)
ECH - Exclusive Craftsman Horizontal
HSK - Horizontal Snow King
1
HS50 67355H
SER 4091D
2
1
The number designations following the letters indicate
the horsepower or cubic inch displacement.
The number following the model number is the
specification number. The last three numbers of the
specification number indicate a variation to the basic
engine specification.
The serial number or D.O.M. indicates the production
date.
FUEL REGULAR UNLEADED
OIL, SAE 30 (BELOW 32oF SAE 5W30)
LEV115 57010B (D)
STP185U1G1RA
8105C
Using model LEV115-57010B, serial 8105C as an
example, interpretation is as follows:
LEV115-57010B is the model and specification number
LEV
Low Emissions Vertical
115
Indicates a 11.5 cubic inch displacement
57010B is the specification number used for properly
identifying the parts of the engine
8105C
is the serial number or D.O.M. (Date of
Manufacture)
8
first digit is the year of manufacture (1998)
105
indicates calendar day of that year (105th day
or April 15, 1998)
C
represents the line and shift on which the
engine was built at the factory.
THIS ENGINE MEETS 1995-1998
CALIF. EMISSION REGULATOR FOR
ULGE ENGINES AS APPLICBLE
FUEL: REGULAR UNLEADED OIL: USE SEA30
LEV115 57010B (D)
STP185U1G1RA
8105C
Engine Family: Engine Tracking Information
SHORT BLOCKS
New short blocks are identified by a tag marked S.B.H.
(Short Block Horizontal) or S.B.V. (Short Block Vertical).
Original model identification numbers of an engine should
always be transferred to a new short block for correct
parts identification (diag. 4).
THIS SYMBOL POINTS OUT IMPORTANT
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WHICH IF NOT
FOLLOWED COULD ENDANGER THE
PERSONAL SAFETY OF YOURSELF AND
OTHERS. FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS.
3
SHORT BLOCK IDENTIFICATION TAG
SBV OR SBH IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
SBV-2316
SER 4291
SERIAL NUMBER
4
FUEL
Tecumseh strongly recommends the use of fresh clean unleaded regular gasoline in all engines. Unleaded gasoline
burns cleaner, extends engine life and promotes better starting by reducing build-up of combustion chamber deposits.
REFORMULATED AND OXYGENATED FUELS
Reformulated fuels containing no more than 10% Ethanol, 15% MTBE, 15% ETBE or premium gasoline can be used
if unleaded regular gasoline is not available. Leaded fuel may be used in countries where unleaded fuel is not available.
NEVER USE FUEL CONTAINING METHANOL.
2
ENGINE OIL
Use a clean, high quality detergent oil. Be sure original container is marked: A.P.I. service SF thru SJ. The use of
multigrade oil may increase oil consumption under high temperature, high load applications.
NOTE: DO NOT USE SAE10W40 OIL.
For summer (above 32°F, 0oC) use SAE 30 oil part # 730225 (1 quart, .946 liter container) in high temperature, high
load applications.
S.A.E.10W30 is an acceptable substitute.
For winter (below 32°F, 0oC) use S.A.E. 5W30 oil part # 730226 (1 quart, .946 liter container)
S.A.E.10W is an acceptable substitute.
S.A.E. 0W30 should only be used when ambient temperature is below 0oF, -18oC.
CAPACITIES:
Engine Model
LAV30-50, TVS75-120, LEV80-120
ECV100-120, TNT100-120
V & VH50, 60, 70
TVM 125, 140
TVM & TVXL 170, 195, 220
VM70, 80, 100
VH100
H & HSK30, 35, HS & HSSK40, 50
H, HH & HSK50, 60, 70
HM & HMSK70, 80, 100
Oz.
21
21
27
27
32
32
50
21
19
26
mL.
630
630
810
810
960
960
1500
630
570
720
EUROPA MODELS
Oz.
Vantage
21
Prisma
21
Synergy
21
Synergy "55"
27
Spectra
21
Futura
21
Centura
21
HTL
21
BVS
21
BH Series
21
Geo Tech Series 35-50
21
mL.
630
630
630
810
630
630
630
630
630
630
630
Oil Change Intervals. Change the oil after the first two (2) hours of operation and every 25 hours thereafter, or more
often if operated under dusty or dirty conditions, extreme temperature, or high load conditions.
Oil Check. Check the oil each time the equipment is used or every 5 hours. Position the equipment so the engine is
level when checking the oil.
CAUTION: REMOVE THE SPARK PLUG WIRE BEFORE DOING ANY SERVICE WORK ON THE ENGINE.
Oil Change Procedure: Locate the oil drain plug. On some units this plug is located below the deck through the
bottom of the mounting flange. Other units drain at the base of the engine above the deck or frame. If access to the
drain plug is restricted by the equipment it may be necessary to drain the oil by tipping the mower in a position that
would allow the oil to drain out of the fill tube.
On units that the drain plug is accessible, remove the plug and allow the oil to drain into a proper receptacle. Always
make sure that drain oil is disposed of properly.
Once the oil is drained, reinstall the plug and fill the engine with new oil to the proper capacity.
TUNE-UP PROCEDURE.
The following is a minor tune-up procedure. When this procedure is completed, the engine should operate properly.
Further repairs may be necessary if the engine's performance remains poor.
CAUTION: REMOVE THE SPARK PLUG WIRE BEFORE DOING ANY SERVICE WORK ON THE ENGINE.
1. Service or replace the air cleaner as needed.
2. Inspect the level and condition of the oil and change or add oil as required.
3. Remove the blower housing and clean all dirt, grass or debris from the intake screen, cylinder head, cylinder
cooling fins, carburetor, governor levers and linkage.
4. Make sure the fuel tank, fuel filter and fuel line are clean. Replace any worn or damaged governor springs or
linkage. Make the proper governor adjustments and carburetor presets where required.
3
5. When replacing the spark plug, consult the parts breakdown for the proper spark plug to be used in the engine
being serviced. Set the spark plug gap to .030" (.762 mm) and install the spark plug in the engine. Tighten the
spark plug to 15 foot pounds of torque (20.4 Nm). If a torque wrench isn’t available, screw the spark plug in as far
as possible by hand, and use a spark plug wrench to turn the spark plug 1/8 to 1/4 turn further if using the old spark
plug, or 1/2 turn further if using a new spark plug.
6. Make sure all ignition wires are free of abrasions or breaks and are properly routed so they will not rub on the
flywheel.
7. Properly reinstall the blower housing, gas tank, fuel line and air cleaner assembly if removed.
8. Make sure all remote cables are properly adjusted for proper operation. See chapter 4 under "Speed Controls and
Linkage".
9. Reinstall the spark plug wire, add fuel and oil as necessary, and start the engine.
STORAGE: (IF THE ENGINE IS TO BE UNUSED FOR 30 DAYS OR MORE)
CAUTION: NEVER STORE THE ENGINE WITH FUEL IN THE TANK INDOORS , IN ENCLOSED POORLY
VENTILATED AREAS WHERE FUEL FUMES MAY REACH AN OPEN FLAME, SPARK OR PILOT LIGHT
AS ON A FURNACE, WATER HEATER, CLOTHES DRYER OR OTHER GAS APPLIANCE.
Gasoline can become stale in less than 30 days and form deposits that can impede proper fuel flow and engine
operation. To prevent deposits from forming, all gasoline must be removed from the fuel tank and the carburetor. An
acceptable alternative to removing all gasoline is adding a fuel stabilizer to the gasoline. Fuel stabilizer (such as
Tecumseh's Part No. 730245) is added to the fuel tank or storage container. Always follow the mix ratio found on the
stabilizer container. Run the engine at least 10 minutes after adding the stabilizer to allow it to reach the carburetor.
CAUTION: THE USE OF SOME ANTI-ICING ADDITIVES MAY CREATE A METHANOL FUEL BLEND. DO
NOT USE ADDITIVES THAT CONTAIN METHANOL. FUEL CONDITIONERS THAT CONTAIN ISOPROPYL
ALCOHOL IS RECOMMENDED.
Draining the Fuel System:
CAUTION: DRAIN THE FUEL INTO AN APPROVED CONTAINER OUTDOORS, AND AWAY FROM ANY
OPEN FLAME OR COMBUSTION SOURCE. BE SURE THE ENGINE IS COOL.
1. Remove all gasoline from the fuel tank by running the engine until the engine stops, or by draining the fuel tank by
removing the fuel line at the carburetor or fuel tank. Be careful not to damage the fuel line, fittings, or fuel tank.
2. Drain the carburetor by pressing upward on the bowl drain (if equipped) which is located on the bottom of the
carburetor bowl. On carburetors without a bowl drain, the carburetor may be drained by loosening the bowl nut on
the bottom carburetor one full turn. Allow to completely drain and retighten the bowl nut being careful not to
damage the bowl gasket when tightening.
3. If "Gasohol" has been used, complete the above procedure and then put one half pint of unleaded gasoline into
the fuel tank and repeat the above procedure. If Gasohol is allowed to remain in the fuel system during storage,
the alcohol content will cause rubber gaskets and seals to deteriorate.
Change Oil: If the oil has not been changed recently, this is a good time to do it.
Oil Cylinder Bore:
1. Disconnect the spark plug wire and ground the wire to the engine. Remove the spark plug and put 1/2 ounce
(14 ml) of clean engine oil into the spark plug hole.
2. Cover the spark plug hole with a shop towel.
3. Crank the engine over slowly several times.
CAUTION: AVOID SPRAY FROM SPARK PLUG HOLE WHEN SLOWLY CRANKING ENGINE OVER.
4. Install the spark plug and connect the spark plug wire.
Clean Engine: Remove the blower housing and clean all dirt, grass or debris from the intake screen, cylinder head,
cylinder cooling fins, carburetor, governor levers and linkage.
4
CHAPTER 2 AIR CLEANERS
GENERAL INFORMATION
The air cleaner is the device used to eliminate dust and dirt
from the air supply. Filtered air is necessary to assure that
abrasive particles are removed before entering the carburetor
and combustion chamber. Dirt allowed into the engine will
quickly wear the internal components and shorten the life
of the engine.
Tecumseh engines use either a polyurethane or a papertype air filter system. A polyurethane pre-cleaner or a flocked
screen may be used in conjunction with the main filter.
Snow King® engines do not use an air filter.
COVER
Extremely dirty conditions may require more frequent filter
cleaning or replacement.
POLYURETHANE
WRAP
OPERATION
SEALING NUTS
PAPER
ELEMENT
The outer cover encapsulates the air filter element(s) and
prevents large particles from entering the filter box. Air is
filtered through the pre-cleaner or flocked screen (if equipped)
and the polyurethane or paper filter element. Pre-cleaners
or flocked screens provide additional air cleaning capacity.
In Tecumseh's Kleen Aire® system, air is drawn in through
a rotating screen or recoil cover to be centrifugally cleaned
by the flywheel before the air is drawn into the air filter.
AIR CLEANER
BODY
COMPONENTS (diag 1 & 2)
1
The cover holds the filter element and prevents large debris
from entering the filter element.
The polyurethane wrap pre-filter is used on XL or XL/C
engine models with paper filter elements.
The paper or polyurethane filter element is the main
filter to trap dust and dirt. Dry-type paper elements have
treated paper folded for increased surface area and rubberlike sealing edges. The polyurethane filter uses an oil film
to trap fine particles found in dust.
COVER
The flocked screen is used as an additional filter on XL or
XL/C engine models that use a polyurethane filter element.
TROUBLESHOOTING OR TESTING
If the engine's performance is unsatisfactory (needs
excessive carburetor adjustments, starts smoking
abnormally, loses power), the first engine component to be
checked is the air cleaner. A dirt restricted or an oil soaked
element will cause noticeable performance problems. A
polyurethane element may be cleaned following the service
procedure listed under "Service" in this chapter. A papertype air filter should only be replaced. A paper-type element
cannot have an oil film present on the paper. Follow the
procedure listed in the "Service" section of this chapter for
replacement. Re-try the engine after filter replacement or
service. If the problem persists after filter service, see
Chapter 9 under "Engine Operation Problems" for additional
causes.
AIR CLEANER
BODY
FOAM
ELEMENT
FLOCKED SCREEN
2
5
SERVICE
Service on the polyurethane element (cleaning and oiling) is recommended every three months or every twenty five
operating hours, whichever comes first. Extremely dirty or dusty conditions may require daily cleanings.
The paper filter element should be replaced at least once a year or more frequently if operated in dusty or dirty conditions.
NOTE: NEVER RUN THE ENGINE WITHOUT THE COMPLETE AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY INSTALLED ON THE
ENGINE. ALWAYS REPLACE THE FILTER ELEMENT WITH THE PROPER TECUMSEH ORIGINAL REPLACEMENT
PART.
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
1. Unlock the tabs or remove the screws, wingnuts or
snaps holding the air cleaner cover in place.
2. Remove the hex nuts holding the element down if
equipped. New nuts are supplied with a new filter and
MUST be used for proper sealing.
FOAM
ELEMENT
3. Clean the excess contaminants out of the air cleaner
body before removing the old element.
4. Remove the old element and the polyurethane precleaner if equipped.
5. On air cleaners that use a flocked screen under the
polyurethane element, remove the air cleaner assembly
from the carburetor before removing the flocked screen.
This prevents dirt from entering the carburetor (diag 3).
1/2" (12.7 mm)
FOAM
WITH FLOCKED
SCREEN
ATTACHED
6. Clean the inside of the cover and body, remove the old
gasket between the carburetor and the air cleaner
assembly.
7. Reinstall the air cleaner assembly using a new gasket.
8. Use the reverse procedure for reassembly. When
installing the foam polyurethane pre-cleaner, make sure
the seam is installed to the outside to prevent gaps
between the paper element and the pre-cleaner.
AIR CLEANER
BODY
3
POLYURETHANE-TYPE FILTER ELEMENT
This type of air filter can be serviced when restricted with dust or dirt. Wash the filter or pre-cleaner in a liquid detergent
and water solution until all the dirt is removed. Rinse in clear water to remove the detergent solution. Squeeze the
element (do not twist) to remove the excess water. Wrap the element in a clean cloth and squeeze it (do not twist) until
completely dry.
Re-oil the element by applying engine oil and squeezing it vigorously to distribute the oil. Roll the element in a cloth and
squeeze it (do not twist) to remove the excess oil.
Clean the air cleaner housing and cover being careful not to allow dirt to fall into the carburetor or intake pipe.
PAPER -TYPE FILTER ELEMENT
Paper type air filter elements can only be serviced by replacement. Do not attempt to clean a paper filter element.
6
CHAPTER 3 CARBURETORS AND FUEL SYSTEMS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tecumseh uses two basic types of carburetors, float and diaphragm type carburetors. Float type carburetors use a
hollow float to maintain the operating level of fuel in the carburetor. Diaphragm type carburetors use a rubber-like diaphragm.
One side is exposed to intake manifold pressure and the other side to atmospheric pressure. The diaphragm provides the
same basic function (maintaining the proper fuel level in the carburetor) as the float.
An advantage of the diaphragm carburetor over the float style is that the diaphragm carburetor will allow the engine to
operate at a greater degree of tiltability.
Tecumseh carburetors are identified by a manufacturing number and date code stamped on the carburetor as illustrated
(diag. 1).
Complete carburetor replacement may be accomplished
with a standard service carburetor. A standard service
carburetor is a basic carburetor that may require the use
of original carburetor parts or additional new parts to adapt
to the specification. An instruction sheet is provided with
the new service carburetor or see “SERVICE” in this chapter.
ALTERNATE LOCATION
FOR MANUFACTURING
NUMBER
4F5
89
When servicing carburetors, use the engine model and
specification number to obtain the correct carburetor part
number. An alternate method of finding the correct
carburetor part number is to use the manufacturing number
stamped on the carburetor and convert this number to a
part number. In the carburetor section of the Master Parts
Manual, Microfiche Catalog or computer parts look-up
system, a cross reference chart will convert a carburetor
manufacturing number to a Tecumseh part number.
89
4F5
MANUFACTURING
NUMBER
CARBURETOR
DATE CODE
1
CAUTION: DRAIN THE FUEL INTO AN APPROVED CONTAINER OUTDOORS, AND AWAY FROM ANY OPEN
FLAME OR COMBUSTION SOURCE. BE SURE THE ENGINE IS COOL.
NOTE: Todays fuels can cause many problems in an engines performance, due to the fuels quality and short shelf life.
Always check fuel as a primary cause of engine performance.
1. Remove the air filter, heater box, or air cleaner assembly if applicable to visually check that the choke shutter
completely closes or check to see if fuel comes out of the main nozzle during priming.
2. If the fuel flow from the tank is adequate and no fuel is evident during priming, the carburetor will need to be
removed for service. See “Service” in this chapter or consult the “Carburetion Troubleshooting” chart to diagnose
carburetor symptoms. Improper fuel flow indicates the fuel, fuel line, filter or tank require cleaning or replacement.
3. Check the engine compression using a commercially available compression tester and follow the tester’s
recommended procedure. Low compression, a dry spark plug, adequate fuel flow, and a known good functional
carburetor indicates an internal engine problem exists. See under “Troubleshooting.”
4. A wet spark plug indicates fuel is being supplied by the carburetor. The engine may be flooded by a restricted
air filter, carbon shorted or defective spark plug, excessive choking or over priming, improperly adjusted or
defective carburetor. With the spark plug removed and a shop towel over the spark plug hole, turn the engine
over slowly 3 or 4 times to remove excess gasoline from the engine cylinder.
CAUTION: KEEP ALL COMBUSTIVE SOURCES AWAY. AVOID THE SPRAY FROM THE SPARK PLUG
HOLE WHEN CRANKING THE ENGINE OVER.
5. Replace the air filter if restricted or oil soaked. Replace the spark plug if questionable. Install the spark plug and
high tension lead and try to start the engine.
6. If the engine floods and fails to start, the carburetor will require service. See the proceeding “Carburetion
Troubleshooting” chart for additional causes. If the carburetor is functioning properly the problem may be ignition
timing related. See “Troubleshooting" under "Ignition”.
7
OPERATION
In the “CHOKE” or “START” position, the choke shutter is closed and the only air entering the engine enters through
openings around the shutter. As the engine starts to rotate, downward piston travel creates a low air pressure area (or
vacuum) above the piston. Higher pressure (atmospheric) air rushes into the engine and fills this low pressure area. Since
the majority of the air passage is blocked by the choke shutter, a relatively small quantity of air enters the carburetor at
an increased speed. The main nozzle and both idle fuel discharge ports are supplying fuel due to the low air pressure in
the engine intake. Maximum fuel flow through the carburetor orifices combined with the reduced quantity of air that
passes through the carburetor, make a very rich fuel mixture which is needed to start a cold engine.
At engine IDLE speed, a relatively small amount of fuel is required to operate the engine. The throttle is almost completely
closed. Fuel is supplied through the primary idle-fuel discharge orifice.
NOTE: Dual system carburetors do not have an idle circuit.
During INTERMEDIATE engine operation, a second orifice is uncovered as the throttle shutter opens, and more fuel is
allowed to mix with the air flowing into the engine.
During HIGH SPEED engine operation, the throttle shutter is fully opened. Air flows through the carburetor at high speed.
The venturi, which decreases the size of the air passage through the carburetor, further accelerates the air flow. This high
speed movement of the air decreases the air pressure at the main nozzle opening. Fuel is forced out the main nozzle
opening due to the difference in the air pressure on the fuel in the carburetor bowl and the reduced air pressure at the main
nozzle opening.
For the fuel to flow, the carburetor bowl must be either
vented externally or internally. Some internally vented float
style carburetors use a tygon tube and a vent within the air
intake. This tube must be present for the carburetor to
operate properly (diag. 2).
Air is bled into the main nozzle and through the air bleed
located in the air horn. This mixes the fuel and air prior to
the fuel leaving the main nozzle. Atomization occurs as
the fuel mixture contacts the fast moving air stream. This
mist then flows into the intake of the engine.
FUEL PRIMERS
Primers may be mounted remotely or as an integral part of
the carburetor. The basic function of the primer is to supply
a charge of air to the carburetor main well, or carburetor
bowl. On diaphragm carburetors it displaces fuel directly
into the carburetor venturi. This displaced fuel provides a
rich mixture necessary for engines to start easily on the
first or second attempt (diag. 3 & 4).
TYGON TUBE
LOCATION
2
PRIMER BULB
PRIMER BULB
Primers must be vented either internally (a passage in the
carburetor air horn prior to the venturi) or externally (through
a hole in the primer bulb). The vent allows air to fill the
primer bulb after the primer bulb is released. On diaphragm
carburetors a one way valve in the body prevents the fuel
from being forced back into the fuel tank.
Two different methods are used to prime float style
carburetors, leg prime and bowl prime. The leg prime
system is used only on the dual system carburetor. Air is
forced into the center leg of the carburetor, which then forces
an enriched mixture of fuel up the main nozzle. The bowl
prime method is used on Series 6, 8, 9 and 10 carburetors
and is distinguished by a stepped or hour glass shaped
primer bulb. A good seal of the primer bulbs center lip is
critical to assure that a full charge of air reaches the bowl.
Also critical is a tight seal around the float bowl.
3
MAIN NOZZLE
EMULSION
MAIN JET
TUBE
4
BOWL PRIME
NOTE: Never re-use a bowl gasket.
5
8
IMPULSE FUEL PUMPS
Impulse fuel pumps may either be mounted externally onto
the carburetor fuel inlet or remotely mounted. These pumps
are connected in the fuel line between the fuel supply and
the carburetor or directly to the fuel inlet.
Impulse fuel pumps are operated by crankcase impulses
created by the up and down movement of the piston. A
hose called a pulse line connects the fuel pump diaphragm
chamber to the crankcase and transmits these impulses
to the pump diaphragm. The impulses actuate the
diaphragm and flap valves to lift the fuel from the fuel tank
to the carburetor (diag. 6).
FLOAT STYLE CARBURETORS
A float is used to maintain the operating volume of fuel in
the carburetor bowl. As the fuel is used by the engine, the
fuel volume in the carburetor bowl drops and the float moves
downward. This allows the inlet needle valve to move off
the sealing seat. Fuel flows by gravity or a pulse pump into
the fuel bowl. As the fuel volume in the bowl again rises, it
raises the float. This upward float motion moves the inlet
needle valve to the closed position. When the needle
contacts the seat, the fuel flow is stopped. The tapered
end of the inlet needle varies the fuel flow rate so that the
fuel volume in the carburetor bowl will remain constant (diag.
7). The float height is set according to the service procedure.
DIAPHRAGM (PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL)
CARBURETORS
This type of carburetor uses a rubber-like diaphragm which
is exposed to intake manifold pressure on one side and to
atmospheric pressure on the other. Tecumseh diaphragm
carburetors use the diaphragm as a metering device. As
the intake manifold pressure decreases due to downward
piston travel, the atmospheric pressure on the vented side
of the diaphragm moves the diaphragm against the inlet
needle. The diaphragm movement overcomes the spring
tension on the inlet needle and moves the inlet needle off
the seat. This permits the fuel to flow through the inlet
valve to maintain the correct fuel volume in the fuel chamber.
The inlet needle return spring closes the inlet valve when
the pressure on the diaphragm equalizes or a pressure
higher than atmospheric exists on the intake side (upward
piston travel). The diaphragm meters a correct fuel volume
in the fuel chamber to be delivered to the mixing passages
and discharge ports (diag. 8).
A main or idle adjustment needle may be replaced by an
internally fixed jet on some models.
The main nozzle contains a ball check valve. The main
purpose of this ball check is to eliminate air being drawn
down the main nozzle during idle speeds and leaning the
idle mixture.
6
IDLE AND
PROGRESSION
HOLES
IDLE AIR
BLEED
MAIN AIR
BLEED
CHOKE
SHUTTER
THROTTLE
SHUTTER
INLET NEEDLE
AND SEAT
IDLE
ADJUSTMENT
MAIN NOZZLE
EMULSION
TUBE
FLOAT
MAIN
ADJUSTMENT
7
CHECK BALL
THROTTLE
SHUTTER
CHOKE
SHUTTER
IDLE
ADJUSTMENT
MAIN
ADJUSTMENT
NEEDLE AND
SEAT ASSEMBLY
DIAPHRAGM
8
An advantage of the diaphragm carburetor over the float
system is that the diaphragm carburetor increases the angle
that the engine may be operated at.
9
COMPONENTS
Loosen screw until it just clears throttle
lever, then turn screw in 1 turn.
IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT SCREW
CHOKE SHAFT AND LEVER Check shaft for binding. Position shutter opening towards inlet fitting side or
CHOKE SHUTTER air horn.
THROTTLE SHAFT AND LEVER
MAIN NOZZLE
Place detent reference mark to proper DETENT REFERENCE MARK
location.
ON THROTTLE SHUTTER
THROTTLE SHUTTER
*INLET
FITTING
SCREEN
Check spring for return action and bind- THROTTLE SHAFT
RETURN SPRING
ing.
Blow air through passage.
Part of inlet fitting. If fuel is restricted,
clean or replace fitting.
*INLET
FITTING Bulb primer models have Viton* one
way valve, in or behind fitting.
Remove welch plug and blow air
through air passages.
IDLE
IDLE PROGRESSION
HOLE
*INLET SEAT Remove and replace.
GASKET
IDLE AIR BLEED
*IDLE MIXTURE
ADJUSTMENT
Remove adjustment screw. To adjust SCREW AND "O"
RING
(If Present)
20° slant engines, the engine must be
mounted in its normal 20° slant posi*MAIN
MIXTURE
tion.
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW AND "O"
RING (If Present)
*INLET NEEDLE
SEAT AND
SPRING
ASSEMBLY
*DIAPHRAGM GASKET
Check ball is not serviceable on some WELCH PLUG (If Present)
models.
*MAIN NOZZLE CHECK BALL (If Present)
*DIAPHRAGM
ATMOSPHERIC VENT HOLE
*NON METALLIC ITEMS - CAN BE DAMAGED
BY HARSH CARBURETOR CLEANERS
Blow air through passage.
Proper installation of assembly is important.
Gasket and diaphragm sequence may
be reversed on some models. Head of
rivet must touch inlet needle. Rivet is
hooked into inlet needle control lever on
some models.
Hole must be clean. On models with
bulb primer, vent hole is very small and
is located off center.
9
IDLE AND INTERMEDIATE
AIR BLEED
Check shaft for looseness or binding. THROTTLE SHAFT AND LEVER
Shutter must be positioned with detent
reference marks on top parallel with THROTTLE SHUTTER
shaft and to the right or 3 o'clock position.
DETENT
REFERENCE MARK
IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
Loosen screw until it just clears throttle
lever, then turn screw in one turn.
MAIN NOZZLE
(EMULSION TUBE)
Removable on emission carbs. nonmetallic only.
CHOKE SHAFT
AND LEVER
Check shaft for binding position opening to bottom of air horn.
CHOKE PLATE
Check spring for return action
and binding.
THROTTLE SHAFT
RETURN SPRING
HIGH SPEED
AIR BLEED
Blow air through passage. Do not remove restrictor if present.
IDLE AND INTERMEDIATE
ORIFICES
INLET
FITTING
Remove idle adjustment screw. Check IDLE AND INTERMEDIATE
needle tip and condition of "O" ring. FUEL CHAMBER (COVERED
Remove welch plug and blow out all WITH WELCH PLUG)
passages.
IDLE AND INTERMEDIATE
FUEL MIXTURE PASSAGE
*INLET NEEDLE
AND SEAT
Proper installation is important.
*IDLE ADJUSTMENT SCREW
AND "O" RING
FLOAT
SHAFT
ATMOSPHERIC VENT
SOFT BAFFLE PLUG
METERING ROD OR PIN IN
FUEL TRANSFER PASSAGE
BALL PLUG
(DO NOT REMOVE)
INLET
NEEDLE CLIP
(If Present)
Must hook over float tab.
*GASKET
CUP PLUG
IDLE AND INTERMEDIATE
FUEL TRANSFER PASSAGE
IDLE AND MAIN FUEL PICK UP ORFICE
*NON METALLIC ITEMS - CAN BE DAMAGED
BY HARSH CARBURETOR CLEANERS
10
Replace.
IDLE FUEL TRANSFER PASSAGE
AND ANNULAR GROOVE
Check float for leaks or dents. Clean
FLOAT
bowl and adjust float level position gasket or gaskets.
FLOAT BOWL
IDLE AND INTERMEDIATE
FUEL TRANSFER PASSAGE
NOTE: On models which have metering
rods, do not install idle adjustment screw
with carburetors upside down, as pin
will obstruct movement of adjustment
screw causing damage
*FLOAT BOWL
GASKET
NUT AND MAIN ADJUSTMENT SEAT
*MAIN ADJUSTMENT SCREW AND
"O" RING SEAL
If the carburetor is used on a 20° slant
engine, the engine must be in its normal
20° slanted position for adjustment.
Check needle for damage and "O" ring
for cracks. Clean all passages in nut
with compressed air.
10
CARBURETOR IDENTIFICATION
Tecumseh has a variety of carburetors. To help identify
these carburetors here are some simple procedures to
follow.
DUAL SYSTEM CARBURETORS
The easiest way to identify the dual system carburetor is
by the presence of a large primer bulb located on the side
of the carburetor. The absence of adjustment needles help
to identify the carb as well. The dual system carburetor is
used on 4-cycle vertical crankshaft rotary mower engines.
(diag. 11).
11
SERIES 1 CARBURETORS
Series 1 carburetors come in a variety of styles. They are
used on both 2 and 4 cycle vertical and horizontal shaft
engines in the 2 through 7 h.p. range. It is a float style
carburetor with a smaller venturi than the Series 3 and 4
carburetors. Some will have an adjustable idle and main
and others will have a fixed main with an adjustable idle.
There are also some fixed speed applications that will only
have a fixed main system and the idle system will not be
drilled. (diag. 12).
12
NOTE: Emissionized carburetors will have a fixed jet.
SERIES 3 & SERIES 4 CARBURETORS
Series 3 and 4 carburetors are generally used on 8 through
12.5 horsepower 4-cycle engines. The venturi size of these
carburetors are larger than Series 1 and Dual System
Carburetors. The quickest way to identify these carburetors
is by the presence of bosses on each side of the idle mixture
screw. To identify the Series 3 from a Series 4, view the
carburetor from the throttle end. The Series 3 has (1) screw
securing the throttle plate and the Series 4 uses (2) screws.
(diag. 13 - 15)
BOSSES
13
SERIES 3
14
SERIES 4
15
DIAPHRAGM CARBURETORS
The diaphragm carburetors are unique. These carburetors
can be operated at a more severe angle than float style
carburetors. They still require that the fuel supply be located
in a position that allows it to be gravity fed. Its most
distinctive feature is the lack of a fuel bowl. (diag. 16).
NOTE: Emissionized carburetors will have a fixed jet.
16
11
SERIES 6 CARBURETORS 4-CYCLE
Series 6 carburetors are used on 2 and 4-cycle engines.
They have a larger venturi than the dual system carburetor
and use a simple fixed idle system. Series 6 carburetors
used on both vertical and horizontal applications are
nonadjustable. The 4 cycle version pictured has a stepped
primer bulb. (diag. 17).
17
SERIES 8
The Series 8 carburetor has both a fixed main and idle
circuit. The fixed idle system uses a restricted jet that
meters the fuel. The idle restrictor jet will be capped to
prevent access unless removed. The fixed main jet is part
of the bowl nut. A ball plug is visible from the bottom, which
seals the metering passage. This carburetor also has a
serviceable main nozzle emulsion tube. It also has a
stepped primer bulb to assist in starting. (diag. 18)
SERIES 9
The Series 9 carburetor uses the same body as the Series
8 but has a simple fixed idle system, identical to the one
used on the Series 6 carburetor. It has the idle discharge
port located at the 7 o'clock position on the throttle end of
the carburetor. Identify this carburetor by the stepped primer
bulb, the presence of a non-drilled idle mixing well and a
serviceable main nozzle emulsion tube. (diag. 19)
GREY
CAPPED FIXED
JET
18
MIXING WELL
CAST BUT NOT
MACHINED
IDLE JET
CAST BUT NOT
MACHINED
19
SERIES 10 (EMISSION)
The Series 10 carburetor is identical to the Series 8
carburetor with the addition of a choke to assist in cold
weather starts. It also has a fixed idle and main. The idle
restrictor jet is capped to prevent access unless the cap is
removed. The fixed main jet is part of the bowl nut. A ball
plug is visible from the bottom, which seals the metering
passage. This carburetor also has a serviceable main nozzle
emulsion tube and a stepped primer bulb to assist in
starting. (diag. 20)
20
SERIES 11
The Series 11 carburetor is used on most LEV model
engines. This carburetor contains a patented autoenrichment system for improved starting and performance
of a cold engine. The system contains a fuel well that is
filled as part of the priming procedure and emptied as the
engine runs in the first minute. This added fuel provides
smooth operation of today’s emission grade engines. The
carburetor can be identified externally by the BLACK
colored restrictor cap (diag. 21). Internally the standard
Series 11 is identified by the plugged passage as shown.
BLACK CAP
HOLE PLUGGED
21
12
SERIES 11 BRIDGED
Externally this carburetor looks identical to the standard
series 11 with the black restrictor cap. The difference is
internal through the addition of a second idle feed passage
with a restrictor as shown. This extra passage improves
run quality during light load engine operation (diag. 22).
BLACK CAP
ADDED
RESTRICTOR
22
NON-TECUMSEH CARBURETORS
DELLORTO CARBURETOR
The Dellorto carburetor is similar to the dual system
carburetor. It has no adjustments and has a primer assist
start. It has a noncorrosive float and the needle is viton
tipped, eliminating the viton seat found in the dual system
carburetor. The angle of the fuel inlet is adjustable and
attached to the carburetor body with a banjo bolt. This
carburetor is used on some TVS rotary lawnmower
engines.
23
ENGINE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Engine Will Not Start
Check For Spark
Wet
Dry
Check If Spark Plug Is Wet or Dry
Defective Spark Plug
Check Fuel Supply and Fuel
Cap Vent
Restricted Air Filter
Restriction in Fuel System
(filter, screen)
Improper or Stale Fuel
Carburetion Problem
Sheared or Partially Sheared
Flywheel Key
Poor Compression
Carburetion Problems Due to
Flooding, Over Priming, etc.
Ignition System
13
CARBURETION
TROUBLESHOOTING
START
AIR SYSTEM
PROBLEMS
Plugged Air Filter
Fuel Leak
Hard
at
Starting Carburetor
IDLE
Engine
Floods
Á
Á
Á
Leaky Carburetor
Gasket
Throttle or Choke
Shafts Worn
Choke Not
Functioning
Properly
Idles with
Needle
Closed
Hunts Erratic
Idle
Idles
Fast Lean
Á
Will Not
Accelerate
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Over Rich
AcceleraHesitates
tion
Á
HIGH SPEED
Will
Not
Run at
High
Speed
Low
Power
Hunts at
High
Speed
Runs with
Needle
Closed
Engine
Overspeeds
Á Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Plugged
Air Bleed
Rich Idle
Á
Á
Á
Atmospheric Vent
Restricted
Will Not
Idle
ACCELERATE
Á
Á
Á
Damaged or
Á
Á
Á
Á
Leaky "O" Rings
Á
Á
Á
DIAPHRAGM
SYSTEM
PROBLEM
Damaged
Diaphragm
Á
Á
Á
Stuck or Dirty Ball
Á
Check
Diaphragm
Upside Down
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á Á
Á
Á
Á
Á Á Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
FUEL SYSTEM
PROBLEM
Plugged Tank
Filter or Vent
Fuel Pick-up
Restricted
Á
Á
Idle Port
Restricted
Damaged
Adjustment
Á
Height
Dirty, Stuck
Needle and Seat
Fuel Inlet Plugged
14
Á
Á
Á
Incorrect Float
Restricted
Á
Á
Needles
Main Nozzle
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
Á
TESTING
1. After repeated efforts to start the engine using the procedure listed in the operator’s manual fail, check for spark by
removing the high tension lead and the spark plug. Install a commercially available spark plug tester and check for
spark. If spark is evident and acceptable, proceed to step 2. If no or weak spark, see Chapter 8 under "Testing".
2. Visually inspect the spark plug for a wet condition indicating the presence of gasoline in the cylinder.
3. If the spark plug is dry, check for restrictions in the fuel system before the carburetor. If the spark plug is wet,
continue with step # 7. Check to see if the fuel cap vent is open. With a proper draining receptacle, remove the fuel
line clamp on the carburetor fuel inlet and pull the fuel line off the fitting to examine the fuel flow and fuel condition.
4. Remove the air cleaner element or air cleaner assembly to visually check that the choke shutter completely closes
or check to see if fuel comes out from the main nozzle during priming.
5. If the fuel flow is adequate and no fuel is evident during priming, the carburetor will need to be removed for service. See
“Service” in this chapter or consult the “Carburetion Troubleshooting” chart if other problems exist. Improper fuel flow
indicates the fuel, fuel line, filter or tank require cleaning or replacement.
6. Check the engine compression using a commercially available compression tester and follow the tester’s recommended
procedure. Low compression, a dry spark plug, adequate fuel flow, and a known good functional carburetor indicates
an internal engine problem exists. See Chapter 9 under “Engine Operation Problems.”
7. A wet spark plug indicates fuel is being supplied by the carburetor. The engine may be flooded by a restricted air filter,
carbon shorted or defective spark plug, excessive choking or over priming, improperly adjusted or defective carburetor,
or the wrong ignition timing. With the spark plug removed and a shop towel over the spark plug hole, turn the engine
over slowly 3 or 4 times to remove excess gasoline from the engine cylinder.
CAUTION: KEEP ALL COMBUSTIVE SOURCES AWAY. AVOID THE SPRAY FROM THE SPARK PLUG
HOLE WHEN CRANKING THE ENGINE OVER.
8. Replace the air filter if restricted or oil soaked. Replace the spark plug if questionable. Install the spark plug and high
tension lead and retry starting the engine.
9. If the engine floods and fails to start, the carburetor may require service. See the preceding “Carburetion Troubleshooting”
chart for additional causes. If the carburetor is functioning properly the problem may be ignition timing related. See
Chapter 8 under “Ignition Troubleshooting.”
SERVICE
CARBURETOR PRE-SETS AND ADJUSTMENT
NOTE: EMISSION GRADE CARBURETORS HAVE FIXED IDLE AND MAIN JETS. THE ABSENCE OF THE ADJUSTING
SCREW INDICATES A FIXED JET OR RESTRICTOR AND NO ADJUSTMENT IS NECESSARY. THE IDLE RESTRICTOR
ON AN EMISSIONS CARBURETOR APPEARS AS AN ADJUSTABLE SCREW. THIS IS NOT ADJUSTABLE AND
MUST REMAIN TIGHT FOR PROPER OPERATION.
The idle on an emission is metered using a threaded
restrictor (see Illustration). Proper torque of this screw is
critical and should be torqued to 5-8 in. lbs. or .5 to 1 nm,
if not, it may vibrate loose. When the restrictor is placed in
the idle circuit passage it is capped with a tamper resistant
plastic cap. Tampering is considered the rejetting or
modification through resizing of the jet. If the jet is
removed for cleaning it must be recapped to prevent
tampering when it is re-installed.
IDLE RESTRICTOR
CAP
Before adjusting any mixture screws the necessary carburetor presets should be made. Check for the proper governor
adjustments as outlined in Chapter 4. Identify the correct carburetor model and manufacturer to find locations of the high
and low speed adjustment screws. Check the throttle control bracket for proper adjustment allowing a full choke shutter
position. See Chapter 4 under "Speed Controls and Linkage". Check to see if the normal maintenance procedures have
been performed (oil changed, fresh fuel, air filter replaced or clean). Consult microfiche card #30 to find the correct R.P.M.
settings for the engine, or consult Service Bulletin #107 for the revised safety specification for rotary type power lawn
mowers. Start the engine and allow it to warm to operating temperature. The carburetor can now be adjusted.
15
PRE-SETS AND ADJUSTMENTS
Tecumseh Carburetors
Engine Model
(TECUMSEH AND WALBRO
CARBURETORS)
NOTE: OVERTIGHTENING WILL DAMAGE THE TAPER
PORTION OF THE NEEDLE. All adjustments should be
made with the carburetor in the operating position.
All models with float-type
carburetors
All models with diaphragm-type
carburetors
Main Pre-set
Idle Pre-set
1-1/2 turn
1 turn
1 turn
1 turn
Walbro Carburetors
Carburetor Model Number
Turn both the main and idle mixture adjusting screws in
(clockwise) until finger tight.
LMH
1-1/2 turn
1-1/2 turn
WHG & LME
1-1/4 turn
1-1/4 turn
Now back the mixture screws out (counterclockwise) to
obtain the pre-set figure in the chart shown at right.
LMK
Fixed
1 turn
FINAL ADJUSTMENTS (NON EMISSION ENGINES)
Start the engine and allow it to warm up to normal operating temperature (3 - 5 minutes). Set the speed control to the
HIGH or FAST position. From the recommended preset position, turn the main mixture adjustment screw in (clockwise)
slowly until the engine begins to run erratic (lean). Note the position of the screw. Now, turn the screw out (counterclockwise)
until the engine begins to run erratic (rich). Turn the screw in (clockwise) midway between these two positions. This will
be the best setting. (diag. 24, 25 & 26).
Set the speed control to the IDLE or SLOW position. Adjust the idle mixture screw following the same procedure used to
adjust the main mixture adjustment screw.
TECUMSEH CARBURETORS
SERIES 1
IDLE MIXTURE
SCREW
MAIN MIXTURE
SCREW
DIAPHRAGM
SERIES 3 & 4
MAIN MIXTURE
SCREW
IDLE MIXTURE
SCREW
IDLE MIXTURE
SCREW
MAIN MIXTURE
SCREW
24
25
If further adjustment is required, the main adjustment should be made under a loaded condition.
26
If the engine stops or hesitates while engaging the load (lean), turn the main mixture adjusting screw out (counterclockwise)
1/8 turn at a time, testing each setting with the equipment under load, until this condition is corrected.
If the engine smokes excessively (rich), turn the main adjusting screw in (clockwise) 1/8 turn at a time, testing each
setting with the equipment under load, until this condition is corrected.
After the main mixture screw is set, move the speed control to the IDLE or SLOW position. If the engine does not idle
smoothly, turn the idle mixture screw 1/8 turn either in (clockwise) or out (counterclockwise) until engine idles smoothly.
Recheck the high and low R.P.M. setting and adjust as necessary.
NON-ADJUSTABLE CARBURETORS
DUAL SYSTEM AND SERIES 6
NON-ADJUSTABLE
PRIMER NO CHOKE
16
27
SERIES 8, 11 & BRIDGED 11
CAPPED FIXED JET
28
SERIES 9
MIXING WELL
CAST BUT
NOT
MACHINED
IDLE JET
CAST BUT NOT MACHINED
SERIES 10
29
CAPPED IDLE
RESTRICTOR
CHOKE
30
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
NOTE: Engines which are identified as compliant with CARB (California Air Resources Board) or EPA (US
Environmental Protection Agency) regulations can NOT be changed from the factory settings unless specifically
authorized.
FLOAT STYLE CARBURETORS
1. Note or mark the high and low mixture adjusting screws
to aid in reassembly (if applicable). Remove the high
speed adjusting screw, bowl nut, and float bowl.
Remove the idle mixture screw assembly.
2. Note the position of the spring clip on the inlet needle
and float, the long end of the clip must face toward the
choke end of the carburetor. Remove the float hinge
pin with a needlenose pliers. Some carburetors use a
float dampening spring to aid the inlet valve in
maintaining a steady position during rough service
applications. Note the position of the hooks before
removing the float hinge pin (diag. 31).
LONG END OF CLIP
TOWARD CHOKE
CLIP
OPEN END OF CLIP
THROTTLE
END
CHOKE
END
31
3. Remove the float, clip, and inlet needle.
4. Remove the inlet needle seat using the Tecumseh
carburetor tool #670377 as shown. Push the hook
through the hole in the center of the seat to remove it.
(diag. 32).
5. Note or mark the action of the choke and throttle
shutters, and/or the hook points of the choke or throttle
return spring, or seal retainer springs located on the
top of the choke and/or throttle shaft. Remove the
throttle shutter, throttle shaft, choke shutter, springs
and choke shaft by removing the screw(s) that attach
the throttle or choke shutter to the shaft inside the air
horn.
Use carb. tool
# 670377
32
6. Remove the primer bulb (if equipped) by grasping it
with a pliers and pulling and twisting out of the body.
Remove the retainer by prying and lifting it out with a
screwdriver. Do not re-use the old bulb or retainer (diag.
33).
7. Some Tecumseh float style carburetors have a damper
spring which is installed as shown. (diag. 34)
33
34
17
8. Remove all welch plugs if cleaning the carburetor.
Secure the carburetor in a vise equipped with protective
jaws. Use a small chisel sharpened to a 1/8"
(3.175 mm) wide wedge point. Drive the chisel into the
plug to pierce the metal, then push down on the chisel
to pry the plug out of the hole (diag. 35).
NOTE: DO NOT REMOVE ANY BALL OR CUP PLUGS
(diag. 37).
SMALL CHISEL
PIERCE PLUG WITH TIP
PRY OUT
PLUG
DO NOT ALLOW
CHISEL POINT
TO STRIKE
CARBURETOR
BODY OR
CHANNEL
REDUCER
WELCH PLUG TO BE
REMOVED
ABOUT 1/8"
(3.175 mm)
WIDE
SMALL CHISEL
EXTENTED PRIME
FUEL PASSAGE
(SUPPLIES FUEL
AFTER ENGINE START)
9. Note the direction of the inlet fitting. If necessary the
inlet fitting can be removed. (See page 24).
10. The main nozzle on Series 8 and Series 9 carburetors
can be removed by pressing the tube outward from the
venturi thru the center leg. This nozzle is non-metallic
and has an "O" ring seal on the top and bottom end of
the tube. Do not remove a main nozzle that is made of
brass from any Tecumseh carburetor. These are
pressed in at the factory to a specific depth. When
removing the nozzle, the top "O" ring may not come
out with the tube. The "O" ring must be removed and
placed on the nozzle before it is placed back into the
center leg or it will not seal properly. (diag. 38)
11. Servicing the standard series eleven and bridged
model.
When servicing the series eleven DO NOT soak it in
dipping type carburetor cleaners, use only spray
cleaner or standard solvent tank cleaners. Proper
cleaning requires removal of both welch plugs and
cleaning of the restictor(s) as equipped.
The standard series eleven has one restictor in the
extended prime well as shown (diag. 36). The Bridged
series eleven has an additional restrictor on the idle
leg of the carburetor as shown (diag. 37). Both are
cleaned using spray carburetor cleaner, compressed
air and soft tag wire no larger than .012 inch (.3mm) or
damage will occur.
35
EXTENDED
PRIME FUEL
CHAMBER
RESTRICTOR
WELCH PLUG
WELCH PLUG
MAIN JET
FUEL INLET
36
DO NOT REMOVE PLUGS
BRASS OR BALL PLUG
BALL PLUG
OR RESTRICTOR HOLE
IF BRIDGED SERIES 11
IDLE FUEL PASSAGE
REDUCTION ROD INSIDE
NOT MACHINED ON SERIES 11
37
NOT USED ON SERIES 7
OR VECTOR CARBS.
"O" RING
ON TOP OF STEP
(IN GROOVE)
"O" RING IN GROOVE
"O" RING
38
SERVICE MAIN NOZZLE
REUSABLE
The main nozzle on some Walbro carburetors are
removable for service. If you remove it, a service nozzle
with the under cut fuel passage must be installed or
problems will occur (diag. 39).
UNDERCUT
ANNULAR
GROVE
ORIGINAL MAIN NOZZLE
DO NOT REUSE
18
39
Diaphragm Carburetors
1. Remove the screws holding the diaphragm cover on.
2. Remove the cover, gaskets, and diaphragm noting or
marking the sequence or location to aid in reassembly.
NOTE: If a "F" designation on the choke end of the
carburetor is present, place the diaphragm on first, then
the gasket and cover. If no "F" is present, the gasket
goes first.
3. Note or mark the high and low mixture adjustment
screws. Remove the screw assemblies.
4. Note or mark the action of the choke and throttle
shutters and the hook points of the choke or throttle
return spring or seal retainer springs located on the top
of the choke or throttle shaft. Remove the throttle
shutter, throttle shaft, choke shutter, springs and choke
shaft by removing the screw or screws that attach the
throttle or choke shutter to the shaft inside the air horn.
5. Use a 9/32" (7.144 mm) thin wall socket to unscrew
and remove the inlet needle and seat assembly (diag.
40).
6. Note and mark the direction of the inlet fitting. If
necessary the inlet fitting can be removed by pulling
with a pliers or vise. Some diaphragm carburetors have
a strainer as an integral part of the fuel fitting. If the
strainer is lacquered or cannot be cleaned, the fitting
must be replaced.
7. Remove all welch plugs if cleaning the carburetor.
Secure the carburetor in a vise equipped with protective
jaws. Use a small chisel sharpened to a
1/8" (3.175 mm) wide wedge point. Drive the chisel
into the plug to pierce the metal, then push down on
the chisel to pry the plug out of the hole.
NOTE: DO NOT REMOVE ANY BALL OR CUP PLUGS.
"F" DESIGNATION
"F"
DIAPHRAGM FIRST NOT GASKET
40
CARBURETOR
FITTING
VALVE CLOSED
ATMOSPHERIC
VENT
VALVE OPEN
DIAPHRAGM
FILTER
AIR BLEED
VALVE
CLOSED
VALVE OPEN
PULSE LINE
TO CRANKCASE
FUEL SUPPLY
ê
á
á
CRANKCASE PRESSURE
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE ACTING ON
DAMPING DIAPHRAGM
FUEL FLOW
ê
á
CRANKCASE SUCTION AND
FLOW DIRECTION
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE
ACTING ON DAMPING
DIAPHRAGM
á
ê
SUCTION FUEL FLOW DIRECTION
ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE CAUSED
FUEL FLOW
41
IMPULSE FUEL PUMP
To service, disassemble the pump by removing the four (4)
screws. Clean all parts with a solvent and install a new kit
which consists of a coil spring, gaskets and diaphragms
(diag. 41 & 42).
FLOAT ADJUSTING PROCEDURE
All Tecumseh carburetors with an adjustable float require
a specific float height adjustment to achieve proper
operation and easy engine starts. To check the float height,
hold the carburetor in an upside down position. Remove
the bowl nut, float bowl, and "O" ring. Place the Tecumseh
carburetor tool #670377 with flat dimensions of 11/64" (4.36
mm) across the top of the carburetor casting on the opposite
side and parallel to the float hinge pin (diag. 43). The float
must just touch the carb tool. If the float is too high or too
low, adjust the height by bending the float tab accordingly.
If the required adjustment is minor, the tab adjustments
may be made without removing the float and carefully
inserting a small bladed screwdriver to bend the tab.
Float sticking can occur due to fuel deposits or when the
fuel tank is filled for the first time, this condition can be
quickly corrected by loosening the carburetor bowl nut one
full turn. Turn the bowl 1/4 turn in either direction, then
return the bowl to its original position and tighten the bowl
nut.
OLD STYLE
NEW STYLE
42
Carb. tool # 670377
RIM
43
19
INSPECTION
After careful disassembly of the carburetor and the removal of all non metallic parts, the carburetor body and all other
metallic parts should be cleaned with solvent, or commercial carburetor cleaner, no longer than 30 minutes. Use compressed
air and soft tag wire to clean internal carburetor passages. To do a proper cleaning job, the welch plugs must be removed
to expose the drilled passages.
NOTE: The nylon check balls used in some diaphragm carburetors are not serviceable. Nylon can be damaged if subjected
to harsh cleaners for prolonged periods.
Throttle and Choke
Examine the throttle lever and shaft, choke lever and shaft, and carburetor body at the bearing points and holes into which
the linkage is fastened, and replace if worn or damaged. Any looseness in these areas can cause dirt to enter the engine
and cause premature wear. If dust seals are present, these should be positioned next to the carburetor body.
Idle and High Speed Mixture Adjusting Screw
RETAINER NUT
"O" RING
BRASS WASHER (used to protect the
"O" ring from the spring)
SPRING
Examine the idle mixture needle tip and tapered surface
for damage. The tip and tapered surface of the needle must
not show any wear or damage at all. If either is worn or
damaged, replace the adjusting needle. Tension is
maintained on the screw with a coil spring. Examine and
replace the “O” ring seal if damaged (diag. 44).
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
44
Examine the tapered surface of the high speed mixture
needle. If the tapered surface is damaged or shows wear,
replace the needle (non-emissioned). Some Tecumseh
carburetors use serviceable jet main nozzles. These are
identified as being non-metallic.
Fuel Bowl Retaining Nut
FUELMETERING
PORT
IDLE FUEL
TRANSFER
PASSAGE
FUEL-INLET
PORTS
ONE-HOLE TYPE
TW0-HOLE TYPE
45
The retaining nut contains the transfer passage or metering
jet through which fuel is delivered to the high speed and
idle circuit of the carburetor. If a problem occurs with the
idle circuit, examine the small fuel passage in the annular groove in the retaining (metering) nut. This passage must be
clean for the proper transfer of fuel into the idle metering circuit. Torque retaining nut to 50 in. lbs. (5.65 Nm) when
reinstalling.
There are two different types of bowl nuts that are used on adjustable main, float style carburetors. One type has one fuel
metering port at the bottom of the nut, and the other has two fuel inlet ports at the bottom of the nut. This difference
relates to calibration changes to the carburetor and is dependent on the application (diag. 45).
NOTE: DO NOT INTERCHANGE BOWL NUTS.
The fuel inlet ports must be free of any debris to allow proper fuel flow.
Fuel Bowl, Float, Needle and Seat
The float bowl must be free of dirt and corrosion. Clean with solvent or carburetor cleaner.
Examine the float for damage. Check the float hinge bearing surfaces for wear, as well as the tab that contacts the inlet
needle. Replace any damaged or worn parts.
The needle and seat should be replaced if any fuel delivery problems are experienced (flooding or starvation). Sealing
problems with the inlet needle seat may not be visible, so replacement is recommended.
Diaphragms, Pulse Pumps, and Primer Bulbs
Inspect diaphragms, gaskets, and primer bulbs for cracks, tears, hardness or brittleness. Replace if necessary.
20
ASSEMBLY
Welch Plugs
To install a new welch plug after cleaning the carburetor,
secure the carburetor in a vise equipped with protective
jaws. Place the welch plug into the receptacle with the
raised portion up. With a punch equal to, or greater than
the size of the plug, merely flatten the plug. Do not dent or
drive the center of the plug below the top surface of the
carburetor. After installation of the welch plug, seal the
outer diameter with finger nail polish or equivalent (diag.
46).
FLAT END PUNCH
NEW WELCH PLUG
SAME OR LARGER
DIAMETER OF
PLUG
46
SERIES 1, 6, 8, 9, 10
THROTTLE
PLATE
THROTTLE LEVER
TWELVE O'CLOCK
POSITION
Throttle Shaft and Plate
When reassembling, it is important that the lines or lettering
on the throttle plate are facing out when in the closed
position. Position throttle plate with two lines at 12 and 3
o’clock. If the throttle plate has only one line, the line should
be positioned in the 12 o’clock position on Series 1, 6, 8,
and 9 carburetors, and positioned in the 3 o’clock position
on Series 3 and 4 carburetors (diag. 47 & 48).
47
SERIES 3 AND 4
THREE O'CLOCK
POSITION
Test the operation of the throttle and return spring (if
equipped). If binding occurs, correct by loosening screws
and repositioning throttle plate.
Always use a new screw(s) when reinstalling the throttle
shutter (Tecumseh screws are treated with dry-type
adhesive to secure them in place).
48
NOTE: NEVER REUSE OLD SCREWS.
Choke Shaft and Plate
The choke plate is inserted into the air horn of the carburetor
in such a position that the flat surface of the choke is down.
Choke plates will operate in either direction. Make sure it
is assembled properly for the engine. Test the operation of
the choke and return spring function if equipped (diag. 49).
CHOKE PLATE
Always use a new screw(s) when reinstalling the choke
shutter as the screws are treated with dry-type adhesive
to secure them in place.
NOTE: NEVER REUSE OLD SCREWS.
The choke shaft and plate must be in the closed position
prior to tightening the screws. Hard starting may be due to
insufficient choking action because of a misaligned choke
plate. Correct by readjusting the choke plate to close
completely. Note the cut-out position of choke shutter if
applicable.
FLAT
DOWN
49
CHOKE PLATE
Fuel Inlet Fitting
Support the carburetor body with a wood block to avoid
damage to other parts. Use a bench vise or press to install
the fitting squarely. Insert the tip into the carburetor body,
coat the exposed portion of the shank with Loctite grade
A, then press it in until the shoulder contacts the carburetor
body.
FLAT SIDE DOWN
50
21
High and Low Speed Adjusting Screw, Main Nozzle
When reassembling, position the coil spring on the adjusting
screws, followed by the small brass washer and the “O”
ring seal. Turn the high speed adjustment screw in
approximately one turn into the bowl retainer nut to make
an assembly (diag. 51).
On 2-7 hp. engines that use carburetors which have the
metering rod in the idle circuit (carburetor should rattle when
shaking), make certain that the idle adjustment screw is
installed when the carburetor is in an upright position or
the needle will damage the metering rod, adjustment screw
and carburetor casting.
RETAINER NUT
SPRING
TORQUE NUT TO
50 IN. LBS. (5.65 Nm)
On float type carburetors, make sure the seat cavity is
clean. Moisten the seat with oil and insert the seat with
the grooved side down and away from the inlet needle.
Press the seat into the cavity using the Tecumseh
carburetor tool #670377 making sure it is firmly seated
(diag. 52).
The inlet needle hooks onto the float tab by means of a
spring clip. To prevent binding, the long, straight end of the
clip should face the air intake end of the carburetor as
shown (diag. 53).
On diaphragm carburetors the inlet needle and seat
assembly are installed by using a socket to tighten the
assembly until seated.
CARB TOOL #670377
PRESS IN UNTIL
SEAT RESTS ON
BODY SHOULDER
INLET NEEDLE MAKES
CONTACT HERE
SEAT
INSERT THIS
FACE FIRST
52
LONG END
OF CLIP
CLIP
OPEN END
OF CLIP
THROTTLE
END
Needle and Seat Pop-Off Test
To test the pop-off pressure, remove the carburetor from
the engine. Be sure to drain any fuel into an approved
container. Invert the carburetor and remove the float bowl.
This test is best performed when the carburetor is placed
upside down and level in a soft jawed vice. Lift the float
and needle assembly off of the seat in order to place a
drop of WD-40 on the tip of the needle or on the seat surface.
Reposition the float and needle assembly. Using the
Tecumseh Leak Tester part # 670340, connect the high
pressure regulator to the low pressure regulator and attach
the clear low pressure air line to the carburetor fuel inlet.
Apply approximately 5-6 psi of compressed air, close the
gate valve and disconnect the low pressure guage from the
high pressure guage. Monitor the low pressure guage to
make sure the needle shouldn't drop below 1.5 psi before
1 minute of time elapses. If the minimum of 1.5 psi cannot
be maintained for this period of time, then replacement of
the needle and seat is required.
Float Installation
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
51
Some carburetors are of the fixed main type and would not
have a high speed adjusting screw.
Inlet Needle and Seat
"O" RING
BRASS WASHER
CHOKE
END
53
INLET NEEDLE
FLOAT SPRING
HINGE PIN
FLOAT
54
Reinstall the inlet needle and float into the carburetor. The long end of the spring or clip on the inlet needle must point
toward the air intake end of the carburetor. If a float dampening spring is used, reassemble using the following steps (diag.
54).
1. Place the float upside down.
2. Position the spring on the float with the long end around and to the back side of the float’s center back tang. The ends
must point toward the choke end of the carburetor. Hook the inlet needle clip on the inside float tang so the clip end
points to the choke end of the carburetor (diag. 54).
3. Place the float, float spring, clip and inlet needle in position between the hinge legs of the carburetor. As the float
assembly nears the hinge legs, wind the outside end of the spring so it goes to the outside of the leg (counterclockwise
looking from the choke end).
22
4. Install the hinge pin from the opposite hinge leg. The
bowl gasket must be positioned over the end of the
spring (diag. 55).
GASKET GOES
OVER SPRING
5. Set the proper float height. See “Float Adjusting
Procedure” in this chapter.
CHOKE END OF
CARBURETOR
Diaphragm Assembly
The rivet head on the diaphragm must always face toward
the inlet needle valve. On carburetors with an “F” cast into
the carburetor flange as illustrated, the diaphragm goes
next to the carburetor body. Other diaphragm carburetors
have the gasket located between the diaphragm and
carburetor body. Install the cover retaining screws and
tighten (diag. 56).
ENDS OF SPRING POINT
TOWARD CHOKE END
OF CARBURETOR
55
Fuel Bowl And Bowl Nut
Whenever a carburetor bowl is removed for service, the
fuel bowl “O” ring must be replaced. For easier installation,
lubricate the “O” ring with a small amount oil.
Install the float bowl by placing the detent portion opposite
of the hinge pin. Make sure the deepest end of the bowl is
opposite of the inlet needle. The bowl has a small dimple
located in the deepest part. The purpose of this dimple is
to minimize the chances of the float sticking to the bottom
of the bowl caused by stale fuel (diag. 57).
On some fixed jet (non-adjustable) and adjustable
carburetors, a fibered washer is required between the
carburetor bowl and the bowl retaining nut.
GASKET
RIDGE AND
RIVET
HEAD UP
RIDGE AND
RIVET HEAD
UP
GASKET
56
DETENT
Occasionally, on engines equipped with the dual system
carburetor, some rich starting conditions have occurred
when the engine is warm. This condition can be corrected
by inserting a non-metallic spacer in the center leg of the
carburetor, as shown (part # 632158). This spacer is
designed to reduce the amount of prime charge in the main
nozzle area for better starting under warm engine
conditions. It can only be used on Dual System carburetors
and does not lean out the carburetor mixture. (diag. 58)
This spacer must be reinstalled if originally equipped in
the carburetor.
57
Impulse Fuel Pump
The diaphragms must be installed against the center body
with the gaskets against the outside covers. The parts are
designed so they cannot be misassembled without damage
(diag. 58).
NON-METALLIC
SPACER
58
To test the unit, assemble the carburetor to the engine,
leaving the fuel line from the pump off. Use a different fuel
tank remotely placed above the carburetor to provide gravity
fuel flow to the carburetor inlet to run the engine while testing
the pump. Make sure fuel is available in both fuel tanks
and that the original fuel tank's fuel line is connected to the
fuel pump inlet. Place the pump outlet line in a proper
draining receptacle. With the pulse line connected from
the engine crankcase to the pump and the engine running,
a definite fuel flow should result at the pump outlet.
If the flow is erratic or intermittent, the pump needs repair
or replacement.
23
Primer Bulb
To install, start the retainer and bulb into the casting with
the retainer tabs pointed out. Firmly push the bulb and
retainer into position using a 3/4'’ (19.05 mm) deep well
socket (diag. 59).
Final Checks
Before reinstalling a newly overhauled carburetor, pre-set
the main mixture adjustment screw, the idle mixture
adjustment screw and the idle speed adjustment screw.
See “Pre-sets and Adjustments” in this chapter.
59
STANDARD SERVICE CARBURETORS
Tecumseh supplies some replacement carburetors on which parts from the old carburetors can be reused or new parts
added. This Standard Service Carburetor helps to reduce dealer inventories.
Standard Service Carburetors are built in both float and diaphragm versions.
The parts from the original carburetor that are necessary to make a standard service carburetor are: choke shaft, shutter
and spring, throttle lever and spring, fuel fitting, idle adjustment screw and spring. If any or all of these old parts are worn
or damaged, replace each part with a new service part to assure proper function and prevent engine damage. Use the
diagrams on the next page as a guide to facilitate the correct installation of parts (diag. 61 & 62).
Fuel Fitting
NOTE: MOST SERVICE CARBURETORS ARE MARKED “SVC CARB NF” IN THE PRICE LIST. THIS MEANS THAT
THE CARBURETOR COMES WITH NO FUEL FITTING.
Use the parts manual to obtain the same fuel inlet fitting that was installed in the original carburetor. Install the fuel fitting
in the new carburetor body in the same position as on the original carburetor. Support the carburetor body with a wood
block to avoid damage to other parts. Use a bench vise or press to install the fitting squarely. Press it in until it bottoms
out.
NOTE: PRESS FUEL FITTING IN SQUARELY USING CAUTION SO THAT THE CARBURETOR BODY IS NOT DAMAGED.
Inlet Fuel Fitting
To remove a leaking or damaged fuel inlet fitting, use a
1/4"(6 mm) bolt, 1/4" (6 mm) nut and 1/4" (6 mm) washer,
along with a 1/2" (12 mm) nut. Use a pliers or vise to
remove the plastic part of the inlet fitting. Tap the inside
of the remaining metal portion of the fitting using a
1/4"- 20 (6 mm) tap. Place a 1/2" (12 mm) nut over the
fuel fitting (it may be necessary to guide one side of the
nut to seat it squarely to the carburetor). Next thread the
1/4" (6 mm) nut on the bolt until it contacts the shank,
add the washer, and thread the bolt into the fitting until
snug. Tighten the 1/4"- 20 (6 mm) nut until the fitting is
removed. (diag. 60)
60
Choke Shaft
NOTE: Never reuse choke or throttle shutter screws, always replace with new Tecumseh service screws.
Remove the choke shutter screw from the original carburetor and remove the choke shaft. Observe the position of the
ends of the choke return spring if one is present. Also observe the position of the cut-out and/or holes in choke shutter.
Some chokes turn clockwise and some turn counterclockwise, note the position of the choke shaft prior to removal from
the old carburetor.
If a choke stop spring is present on the new carburetor and is not used on the old carburetor, cut it off with a side cutter
or pull it out using a pliers.
Test the action of choke shaft to make sure it moves freely and easily and does not bind in either open or closed position.
If binding occurs, loosen the shutter screw; reposition the shutter and tighten the screw.
24
Throttle Lever
Remove the throttle lever and spring and file off the peened end of the throttle shaft until the lever can be removed. Install
the throttle spring and lever on the new carburetor with the self-tapping screw furnished. If dust seals are furnished, install
them under the return spring.
Idle Speed Adjustment Screw
Remove the screw assembly from the original carburetor and install it in the new carburetor. Turn it in until it contacts the
throttle lever. Then an additional 1-1/2 turns for a static setting.
Final Checks
Consult the service section under “Pre-sets and Adjustments” and follow the adjustment procedures before placing the
carburetor on the engine.
FLOAT TYPE CARBURETOR
CHOKE SHAFT
IDLE CRACK
SCREW AND
SPRING
DIAPHRAGM TYPE CARBURETOR
THROTTLE LEVER
AND SHAFT
SELF TAPPING SCREW
CHOKE LEVER
AND SHAFT
LEVER
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
WASHER
FELT SEAL
WASHER
WASHER
FELT SEAL
FELT SEAL
THROTTLE SHAFT
THROTTLE SHUTTER
SHUTTER SCREW
CHOKE STOP
SPRING
IDLE
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
SHUTTER
SHANK
SEAL
WASHER
SCREW
FUEL FITTING
FUEL INLET
CHOKE
SHUTTER
SPRING
"O" RING
SHUTTER
SCREW
SEAT AND CLIP
INLET NEEDLE
LOW SPEED
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
SPRING CLIP
FLOAT
FLOAT SHAFT
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
DIAPHRAGM
DIAPHRAGM
GASKET
DIAPHRAGM
COVER
FLOAT BOWL
BOWL NUT WASHER
PRIMER FITTING
DIAPHRAGM
COVER SCREW
HIGH SPEED BOWL NUT
61
62
25
CHAPTER 4 GOVERNORS AND LINKAGE
GENERAL INFORMATION
This chapter includes governor assembly and linkage illustrations to aid in governor or speed control assembly.
Tecumseh 4 cycle engines are equipped with mechanical type governors. The governor’s function is to maintain a
constant R.P.M. setting when engine loads are added or taken away. Mechanical type governors are driven off the
engine’s camshaft gear. Changes in engine R.P.M. cause the governor to move the solid link that is connected from the
governor lever to the throttle in the carburetor. The throttle is opened when the engine R.P.M. drops and closes as the
engine load is removed.
OPERATION
SPRING
As the speed of the engine increases, the governor weights
(on the governor gear) move outward by centrifugal force.
The shape of the governor weights force the governor spool
to lift. The governor rod maintains contact with the governor
spool due to the governor spring tension. As the spool
rises, the governor rod rotates, causing the attached outer
governor lever to pull the solid link and close the throttle
opening. When the engine speed decreases, the lower
centrifugal force allows the governor weights to be pulled
in by the governor spring. As the spool lowers, the governor
rod rotates and the solid link pushes the throttle to a more
open position (diag. 1).
THROTTLE
GOVERNOR SHAFT
GOVERNOR
SPOOL
WEIGHTS
GOVERNOR GEAR
1
INTERNAL COMPONENTS (VARIOUS STYLES)
RETAINING
RING
RETAINING
RING
SPOOL
SHAFT
SPOOL
SPOOL
RETAINING
RING
GEAR ASSY.
(GOV.)
WASHER
UPSET
NO RETAINING
RING
SHAFT
WASHER
RETAINING
RING
GEAR ASSY.
(GOV.)
SPOOL
SPOOL
WASHER
WASHER
GEAR ASSY.
(GOV.)
RETAINING
RING
SPACER
GEAR
ASSY.
SHAFT
GEAR ASSY.
(GOV.)
(GOV)
BRACKET
WASHER
SHAFT
ROD
ASSY
(GOV.)
WASHER
SHAFT
SCREWS
TVS STANDARD
2
TVS UPSET
3
MEDIUM FRAME
4
HORIZONTAL
5
LEV
6
TROUBLESHOOTING
Engine problems where the governor is suspected to be the cause, may actually be the result of other engine system
problems. Hunting (engine R.P.M. surging up and down) indicates that the engine is incapable of maintaining a constant
R.P.M. with or without an engine load. Engine overspeeding (either with or without throttle movement) must be corrected
immediately before serious engine damage occurs. Use the following procedure to diagnose a suspected governor
problems.
26
ENGINE OVERSPEEDING
1. If the engine runs wide open (faster than normal), shut the engine off immediately.
2. Check the condition of the external governor shaft, linkage, governor spring, and speed control assembly for breakage,
stretching or binding. Correct or replace binding or damaged parts.
3. Follow the governor adjustment procedure and reset the governor - see "Service" in this chapter.
4. Run the engine. Be ready to shut the engine off if an overspeed problem still exists. If the problem persists, the
engine will require disassembly to inspect the governor gear assembly for damage, binding, or wear.
5. See Chapter 9 under "Disassembly Procedure" to disassemble the engine.
6. Remove the governor gear assembly. Repair or replace as necessary.
ENGINE SURGING
1. Try to stabilize the engine R.P.M. by holding steady the solid link between the governor arm and the carburetor
throttle, using a pliers or fingers.
2. If the engine R.P.M. stabilizes, the governor or governor adjustment should be checked. See "Service" governor
adjustment procedure in this chapter. If the engine R.P.M. does not stabilize, the engine will require additional
checks, see Chapter 9 under "Troubleshooting".
3. If the problem persists after the governor adjustment, check the engine R.P.M. found on microfiche card # 30. The
R.P.M. settings are critical. If the R.P.M. setting for high and low speed are within specification and a slight surge is
experienced, increasing the engine idle R.P.M. setting slightly may eliminate this condition.
4. Check the governor shaft or linkages for binding, wear, or improper hookup. Check the governor spring for adequate
tension. Repair or replace as necessary.
SERVICE
Ý
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT
PUSH LEVER
TO OPEN
THROTTLE
With the engine stopped, loosen the screw holding the
governor clamp on the governor lever. Rotate the clamp in
a direction that will force the throttle shaft open and allow
the governor follower arm to rest on the governor spool.
Push the governor lever connected to the throttle to the
wide open throttle position. Hold the lever and clamp in
this position while tightening the screw (diag. 7).
Ú
GOVERNOR SHAFT
GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
FOR SHORT BLOCK INSTALLATIONS
GOVERNOR SPOOL
GOVERNOR GEAR
7
Short block installation on 3-5 h.p. vertical shaft engines
built prior to 1977 may require the governor clamp (tinnerman
style) to be repositioned to work properly. The clamp must
be removed from the governor rod and turned to the same
position as the original engine. Hook the solid link and
spring to the governor lever and position the clamp on the
governor rod. Follow the above governor adjustment
procedure to complete the short block governor set-up.
Units built after 1977 use the normal governor set up
procedure. (diag. 8)
Figure A
Before 1977
production
VERTICAL
Figure B
1977 & Later
production
8
27
GOVERNOR GEAR AND SHAFT SERVICE
After the cylinder cover is removed from the engine, the governor spool, gear, or governor shaft can be removed. On older
style governor assemblies, the retaining ring must be removed to allow the spool or gear to slide off the shaft. Newer style
governor shafts (3 - 6.75 model engines) use an upset to hold the governor spool on. If the gear requires replacement, the
governor shaft will have to be removed.
Governor Spool Replacement With Upset Style Governor Shaft
The spool can be replaced without removing the governor
shaft. Grip the original spool in a vise and use a twisting
and pulling motion on the flange until the spool is free.
Install the new spool by starting it on the shaft and then
turning the flange over. This will allow the weights to hang
in the proper position. Place the spool on a solid surface
and push on the flange until the spool seats. The governor
weights must be in position under the spool after
installation. (diag. 9)
Governor Gear or Shaft Replacement, Upset
Style Governor Shaft
1. Grip the original spool in a vise and use a twisting and
pulling motion on the flange until the spool is free.
2. Clamp the shaft in a vise and pound gently on the
flange with a wooden or plastic mallet to remove the
shaft.
9
NOTE: DO NOT TWIST THE SHAFT WHEN REMOVING.
THE SHAFT BOSS MAY BECOME ENLARGED, LEAVING
THE NEW GOVERNOR SHAFT LOOSE AND CAUSING
SEVERE DAMAGE.
GEAR
3. To install a new shaft, first assemble the gear and
washer on the shaft. Start the shaft into the hole with
a few taps from a soft faced hammer.
4. Place the flange in a press with a solid piece supporting
the area below the shaft boss. Press the shaft in until
a shim, part # 670297 just becomes snug [.010 - .020
(.254 - .508 mm) clearance].
SHIM
WASHER
SHAFT BOSS
670297 (modified)
Governor Shaft Replacement, Retaining
Ring Style
1. Remove the retaining ring, spool, gear assembly, and
washers.
2. Clamp the shaft in a vise and pound gently on the
flange with a wooden or plastic mallet to remove the
shaft.
NOTE: DO NOT TWIST THE SHAFT WHEN REMOVING.
THE SHAFT BOSS MAY BECOME ENLARGED AND THE
NEW GOVERNOR SHAFT WILL BE LOOSE AND MOVE.
3. Start the new shaft into the shaft boss by tapping with
a soft faced hammer.
4. Refer to the chart at right for the proper shaft exposed
length. Add a drop of red Loctite 271 and press the
governor shaft to the proper depth using a press or a
vise. Wipe the extra Loctite off after installation (diag.
11).
5. Reassemble the governor and install the retaining ring.
28
10
ENGINE MODEL
EXPOSED SHAFT LENGTH
ECH90
ECV100
H 30, 35
HS 40, 50
LAV 35
LEV (all)
OHH (all)
OVRM (all)
TNT 100, 120
TVS (all)
Mounting flange to Top
1.319 - 1.334"
(33.502 - 33.883 mm)
TVM (all)
V 50, 60, 70
VH 50, 60, 70
Mounting flange to Top
1.581 - 1.596"
(25.806 - 26.314 mm)
HH 100, 120
VH 100
Mounting flange to Top
1.016 - 1.036"
(25.806 - 26.314 mm)
H 50, 60, 70
HH 60, 70
HHM80
HM 70, 80, 100
Mounting flange to Shoulder
1.283 - 1.293"
(32.588 - 32.842 mm)
11
SPEED CONTROLS AND LINKAGE
Many different types of speed controls and linkage are used for O.E.M. applications. Linkage attachment points are best
recorded or marked prior to disassembly. This assures the correct placement during reassembly. On vertical shaft
engines the solid link is always connected from the outermost hole in the governor lever to the throttle in the carburetor.
The link with the governor spring attached is connected between the control lever and the lower hole in the governor lever.
Horizontal engines use one location (non-adjustable) speed control brackets. Most vertical engines use an adjustable
speed control bracket mounted above the carburetor. The ignition ground out switch, idle R.P.M. and high speed R.P.M.
adjustment screws are located on the speed control bracket. Some models use the idle R.P.M. adjustment on the
carburetor.
Most vertical shaft engines must have the speed control bracket aligned when installing. To align the control bracket, use
the following steps.
1. Loosen the two screws on the top of the panel.
LOOSEN TO ADJUST
WIRE
HOLE
2. Move the control lever to full wide open throttle position
and install a wire or aligning pin through the hole in the
top of the panel, the hole in the choke actuating lever,
and the hole in the choke (diag. 12).
3. With the components aligned, tighten the two screws
on the control panel.
SNAP IN "STYLE SPEED CONTROL"
This style of speed control is used on 3 - 6.75 model rotary
mower engines and is adjusted by two bendable tabs. Use
the speed adjustment tool (part # 670326) as illustrated in
diag.13 to adjust engine speed.
To adjust high speed, move the speed control lever to the
high speed position and align the high speed pin holes.
Place the adjustment tool on the high speed tab and move
the tab to achieve the correct engine speed. Move the
speed control lever to the low speed position, place the
adjustment tool on the low speed tab and bend to either
increase or decrease to the correct speed.
CONTROL LEVER
12
LOW SPEED TAB
HIGH SPEED TAB
HIGH SPEED
PIN POSITION
Þ
The following pages illustrate common linkage attachment.
Whenever the carburetor or the governor linkage is removed
or replaced, the engine R.P.M.'s should also be checked.
Use microfiche card #30 or the computer parts look-up
system for the correct R.P.M. settings for the engine model
and specification.
DECREASE
Þ
INCREASE
TOOL 670326
13
29
ADJUSTING RPM ON MEDIUM FRAME
VERTICAL SPEED CONTROL
This speed control is adjusted by aligning the slot in the
speed control lever with the alignment hole on the mounting
bracket. Place a pin through the two holes, place the
equipment throttle control to the wide open position, hook
the bowden cable end in the control as shown, and tighten
the cable housing clamp. In this position, the gap of .040"
- .070" (1.016 - 1.778 mm) should exist at the gap location
as illustrated. This will assure that the carburetor will go
into full choke when the control is placed in the start
position.
GOVERNED
IDLE SPEED SCREW
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT TAB
GAP OF
.040 - .070
(1.016 - 1.778 mm)
HIGH SPEED
PIN POSITION
TOOL
670326
Þ
DECREASE
Þ
INCREASE
14
ADJUSTING GOVERNED/NON-GOVERNED
With the engine running at its lowest speed, set the
governed idle at the designated RPM by adjusting the
governed idle screw or bending the idle tab. Next set the
non-governed idle by pushing the bottom of the governor
lever away from the control brackets so the throttle lever
contacts the idle speed crack screw (on the carburetor).
Hold the lever in this position and turn the crack screw to
600 RPM below the governed idle speed. This setting
prevents the throttle plate from closing off when going from
high speed RPM to low speed RPM. If improperly adjusted,
the engine could experience an over lean condition.
The idle speed is adjusted by turning the idle speed screw
clockwise to increase engine R.P.M. and counter-clockwise
to decrease R.P.M. Use tool part # 670326 to adjust the
high speed engine R.P.M. Place the slotted end of the tool
onto the adjustment tab and bend the tab to the left (toward
the spark plug end) to increase engine R.P.M. (diag. 14).
NOTE: Some engines use nylon bushings on the throttle
and choke linkage hook-up points to extend the life of the
linkage and to enhance the stability of the governor system.
Make sure they are in good condition and in place.
ADJUSTING RPM ON MEDIUM FRAME
VERTICAL
(up/down speed control)
To adjust the high speed RPM on Medium Frame Vertical
engines, move the control lever to the high speed pin
position (align high speed pin holes in the speed control
bracket). Place the slot on the straight end of tool (number
670326) onto the high speed adjustment tab as pictured.
Rotate the bent end of the tool counterclockwise to
increase RPM and clockwise to decrease RPM. (diag.
15).
30
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT TAB
.040 - .070 (1.016 - 1.778 mm)
GAP LOCATION
BEND AREA
CHOKE ADJUSTING
TAB
CONTROL
LEVER
HIGH SPEED
PIN POSITION
DECREASE
GOVERNED
IDLE ADJUSTING
SCREW
INCREASE
TOOL
670326
15
HORIZONTAL SHAFT ENGINES
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
HIGH SPEED
RPM
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
HIGH SPEED
RPM
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
HORIZONTAL LIGHTWEIGHT
16
LIGHTWEIGHT R.V. TYPE
17
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
HIGH SPEED
RPM
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
IDLE
MIXTURE
SCREW
MAIN
MIXTURE
SCREW
SMALL FRAME
IDLE SPEED CRACK SCREW
HIGH SPEED RPM
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
HORIZONTAL MEDIUM FRAME
18
HIGH SPEED RPM
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
19
CONSTANT SPEED APPLICATIONS
20
31
HORIZONTAL SHAFT ENGINES (CONTINUED)
HIGH SPEED RPM
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
IDLE SPEED
SCREW
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
IDLE MIXTURE
SCREW
HORIZONTAL MEDIUM FRAME
MAIN MIXTURE
SCREW
IDLE MIXTURE
SCREW
HMSK80-100
21
22
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
HIGH SPEED RPM
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
MEDIUM FRAME
BEND LOOP OPEN OR
CLOSED TO ATTAIN
OPERATING RPM'S
23
TO INCREASE SPEED - CLOSE LOOP
TO DECREASE SPEED - SPREAD LOOP
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
MAIN MIXTURE
SCREW
SNOW KING ENGINES
32
24
SNOW KING ENGINES
25
VERTICAL SHAFT ENGINES
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW
BEND Ó TO INCREASE SPEED
BEND Ô TO DECREASE SPEED
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
VERTICAL SHAFT ENGINES
26
TNT 100 VERTICAL ENGINES
TVS 115/LEV ENGINE
SPEED CONTROL
27
28
IDLE SPEED
CRACK SCREW
IDLE MIXTURE
SCREW
TVXL 220 WITH HORIZONTAL SPEED CONTROL
29
STANDARD TVM ENGINE WITHOUT GOVERNOR
OVERRIDE
30
33
GOVERNOR OVERRIDE SYSTEM FOR
TVM170, 195 AND 220 ENGINES
This system will be found starting on 1985 production
models, and will not retrofit onto older engines. It is designed
to allow the governor to regulate the low and high speeds
of the engine. The high speed is adjusted at the top screw
of the override lever; to increase R.P.M. turn the screw out
(counterclockwise), to decrease R.P.M. turn the screw in
(clockwise). The low speed is adjusted at the bottom screw
of the override lever; to increase R.P.M. turn the screw in or
clockwise, to decrease R.P.M. turn the screw out or
counterclockwise (diag. 31).
MAIN MIXTURE
SCREW
HIGH SPEED
ADJUSTMENT SCREW
GOVERNED / NON-GOVERNED IDLE
LOW SPEED ADJUSTMENT SCREW
TVM ENGINES WITH GOVERNOR OVERRIDE 31
With the engine throttle set at its lowest speed, set the
governed idle at the designated RPM by bending the idle
RPM tab or adjusting a screw. Next set the non-governed
idle by pushing the bottom of the governor lever away from
the control brackets, so the throttle lever contacts the idle
speed screw. Hold the lever in this position and turn the
idle adjustment screw clockwise to increase or
counterclockwise to decrease engine idle speed. The
setting on the carburetor screw should be set 600 RPM
below the governed idle setting. This setting prevents the
throttle plate from closing when going from high speed RPM
to low speed RPM. If improperly adjusted, the engine could
experience an over lead condition.
34
CHAPTER 5 REWIND STARTERS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Rewind starters used on vertical shaft Tecumseh engines are top mount horizontal pull style or side mount vertical pull
style. Horizontal shaft engines use side mounted starters which can be mounted to pull either vertically or horizontally.
All rewind starters except the vertical pull style turn the engine over by engaging a dog(s) into the starter cup attached to
the engine flywheel. The vertical pull starter engages the starter gear into the ring gear of the flywheel to turn the engine
over. All starters are spring loaded to retract the dog(s) or starter gear when the engine speed exceeds the turning speed
of the starter.
OPERATION
As the starter rope is pulled, the starter pulley rotates on the center pin. The starter dog(s) is pinned or pocketed in the
pulley hub and extends outward when the pulley's rotation forces the starter dog(s) to contact the ears on the retainer.
The retainer ears act as a ramp to fully extend the starter dog(s). The fully extended starter dog(s) locks in contact with
notches in the starter cup. When the engine fires and the rotational speed of the starter cup exceeds the starter pulley,
the starter dog(s) disengages from the starter cup. The starter dog spring(s) returns the starter dog(s) to the disengaged
position. The recoil spring turns the starter pulley in the opposite direction, retracting the starter rope until the handle
contacts the stop.
COMPONENTS
STARTER HOUSING
HANDLE
HANDLE
HOUSING
ROPE
SPRING & KEEPER
PULLEY AND REWIND
SPRING ASSY.
DOG SPRING
STARTER DOG
PULLEY
WASHER
RETAINER
DOG SPRING
RETAINER
BRAKE SPRING
BRAKE SPRING
WASHER
SPRING PIN
DOG
BRAKE WASHER
CAM DOG
CENTER SCREW
1
2
SERVICE
Starter related problems will require the starter to be removed from the engine to diagnose the cause. Visually inspect the
starter dog(s), starter cup, retainer, springs, rope, washers, and the starter pulley for wear or breakage. Use one of the
following procedures that applies to your application, to disassemble, repair, and assemble the starter. Always consult
the Tecumseh Master Parts Manual for the correct replacement parts.
ROPE SERVICE
Rope replacement should be done using the correct part number replacement rope or braided rope of the correct diameter
and length. Consult the Tecumseh Master Parts Manual to obtain the correct part number, length, and size required. Use
the following rope chart to convert a numbered rope to a fractional diameter for bulk rope use.
# 4 1/2 rope
=
9/64" (3.572 mm) diameter
Part No. 730526
100' (30.48 meters) spool
# 5 rope
=
5/32" (3.964 mm) diameter
Part No. 730514
100' (30.48 meters) spool
# 6 rope
=
3/16" (4.762 mm) diameter
Part No. 730516
100' (30.48 meters) spool
35
Standard rope lengths
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
54" (16.5 meters) standard stamped steel starter
61" (18.6 meters) vertical pull - horizontal engagement
type
65" (20 meters)
vertical pull - vertical engagement type
85" (26 meters)
extended handlebar rope start
(compliance)
Check the old rope for the right length for the application.
Some applications require longer lengths. The rope ends
should be cauterized by burning with a match and wiping
the rope end with a cloth while hot.
Rope replacement can be done without the starter being
disassembled on vertical pull starters that have "V" notches
in the bracket. Use the following procedure for rope
replacement.
3
1. Remove the starter assembly from the engine.
2. Turn the pulley until the staple in the pulley lines up
with the "V" notch. Pry out the staple with a small
screwdriver and remove the original rope (diag. 3).
ONE PIECE ROPE RETAINER
3. Turn the pulley counterclockwise to fully wind the starter
return spring until tight. Allow the pulley to unwind until
the hole in the pulley lines up with the "V" notch.
4. Hold the pulley in this position and feed the new rope
through the hole and tie a left-handed knot on the rope
end. Make sure the rope and knot do not protrude from
the knot cavity and bind the pulley rotation.
RETAINER REPLACEMENT (DIAGRAM 4)
1. Remove the starter handle if the retainer is a complete
circle design. Remove the staple and old retainer.
4
STARTER HOUSING
HANDLE
ROPE
PULLEY AND REWIND
SPRING ASSY.
2. Slide the rope retainer into the proper position and insert
the staple using a pliers.
3. Install the starter handle and tie a left hand knot to
secure the handle.
STYLIZED REWIND STARTER (TVS, HM,
TVM, TVXL), AND STAMPED STEEL
STARTER (HM, VM, TVM, TVXL)
DOG SPRING
STARTER DOG
WASHER
RETAINER
BRAKE SPRING
WASHER
SPRING PIN
5
Disassembly Procedure
1. After removing the rewind assembly from the engine
blower housing, release the tension on the rewind
spring. This can be done by removing the starter handle
and carefully allowing the rope to unwind in the starter
housing assembly.
2. Place a 1" (25 mm) deep well socket under the retainer.
Set the rewind on a bench, supported on the socket.
3. Use a 5/16" (7.938 mm) or 1/4" (6.35 mm) (for stamped
steel) roll pin punch to drive out the center pin. The
stamped steel center pin is driven out from the top,
inside the center hole. Move the punch around while
driving the pin to help keep the pin straight.
6
36
CAUTION: THIS REWIND SPRING IS NOT SECURED IN A CANISTER. PULLEY BOSSES HOLD THE REWIND
SPRING AND COVER, AND CAN BE EASILY DISLODGED DURING HANDLING.
4. Remove the brake spring, spring retainer, washers, and pulley assembly (diag. 7)
NOTE: THE STARTER DOGS FACE OUT ON THE STAMPED STEEL STARTER AND THE DOGS FACE IN ON THE
STYLIZED REWIND STARTER.
5. All components in need of service should be replaced.
Assembly Procedure
NOTE: It is critical to support the starter on a deep well
socket to prevent damage.
1. Reverse the disassembly procedure. The starter dogs
with the dog springs must snap back to the center of
the pulley (disengaged position). When the rope is
pulled, the tabs on the retainer must be positioned so
that they will force the starter dogs to engage the
starter cup. (diag. 7 & 8)
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
HANDLE
INVERT
AND
SUPPORT
THIS AREA
HANDLE INSERT
ROPE
DOG SPRING
PULLEY AND REWIND
SPRING ASSY.
2. Always replace the center spring pin with a new one
upon reassembly. Place the two new plastic washers
between the center leg of the starter and the retainer.
New plastic washers are provided with a new center
spring pin. Discard the old plastic washer.
3. Prior to reinstalling the new spring pin, invert the housing
and support the center of the housing on a socket
approximately 3/4" (19 mm). Drive the pin into the
housing until 1/8" (3.1 mm) as shown. (diag. 7 & 8)
SPRING PIN 1/8"
FROM TOP
STARTER HOUSING
WASHER
STARTER DOG
RETAINER
BRAKE SPRING
WASHER
SPRING PIN
7
INVERT AND
SUPPORT THIS
AREA
SPRING PIN 1/8"
FROM TOP
STARTER
HOUSING
NOTE: DO NOT DRIVE THE CENTER PIN IN TOO FAR.
The retainer will bend and the starter dogs will not
engage the starter cup. On the stamped steel starter
the center pin should be driven in until it contacts the
shoulder in the starter body.
4. Apply tension to the recoil spring by winding the pulley
counterclockwise until it becomes tight, then allow the
pulley to unwind until the hole in the pulley lines up
with the rope eyelet in the starter housing. Install a
knotted rope through the pulley and the eyelet and
install the handle. A left-hand knot should be tied on
the end of the rope to secure the handle.
HANDLE
ROPE
PULLEY AND REWIND
SPRING ASSY.
DOG SPRING
STARTER DOG
WASHER
RETAINER
BRAKE SPRING
WASHER
SPRING PIN
8
STYLIZED REWIND STARTER WITH
PLASTIC RETAINER
Disassembly Procedure
1. After removing the rewind assembly from the engine
blower housing, remove the starter handle by first
pulling a length of rope out using the handle, tying a
temporary knot in the exposed rope, and either untying
the knot in the handle or prying out the staple.
2. Untie the temporary knot and slowly allow the rope to
fully retract into the starter housing and the recoil spring
to fully unwind.
3. Remove the decal from the center of the starter
housing.
4. Use a small Phillips screwdriver or similar tool to pry
the retainer legs apart and lift out the retaining wedge
(or steel clip on newer style starters).
5. Pinch the legs of the retainer together and pull on the
head of the retainer to remove it from the housing.
6. Remove the pulley assembly from the recoil housing.
7. Repair or replace as necessary.
Assembly
1. If replacing the starter rope, see Step 8.
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
RETAINING WEDGE
(STEEL CLIP - NEW STYLE)
Recoil starters are under heavy tension.
Extreme caution should be used when working
with these parts and always wear safety glasses,
leather gloves and a heavy, long sleeved shirt.
STARTER
HOUSING
2. Install a new recoil spring/pulley assembly into the
starter housing.
3. Replace or check that both starter dogs are in the
pulley pockets and that the dog springs are hooked
on the outer surface of the starter dog.
STARTER PULLEY
SPRING & COVER
4. Pinch the two legs of the plastic retainer together and
slightly push the retainer into the center shaft hole.
DOG SPRING
5. Rotate the retainer so the two tabs on the bottom of
retainer contact the dog on the inward side so when
the rope is pulled the retainer tabs cause the dogs to
flair outward. Push the retainer in until the leg prongs
pop out of the center shaft.
STARTER DOG
DOG RETAINER
6. Turn the starter over and snap the locking tab between
the retainer legs, replace the top decal.
9
The service replacement retaining wedge is spring steel.
7. Apply tension to the recoil spring by winding the pulley
counterclockwise until it becomes tight, then allow the
pulley to unwind until the hole in the pulley lines up
with the rope eyelet in the starter housing. Install a
knotted rope through the pulley and the eyelet and
install the handle. A left-hand knot should be tied on
both ends of the rope to secure the handle and rope in
pulley.
STANDARD STAMPED STEEL AND CAST
ALUMINUM STARTER (HM, VM)
Disassembly Procedure
1. Untie the knot in the rope and slowly release the spring
tension.
2. Remove the retainer screw, retainer cup (cam dog on
snow proof type), starter dog(s) and dog spring(s), and
brake spring (diag. 10).
3. Turn the spring and keeper assembly to remove the
pulley. Lift the pulley out of the starter housing. Replace
all worn or damaged parts.
INVERT AND
SUPPORT THIS
AREA
REWIND
SPRING AND
KEEPER ASSY.
HANDLE
HANDLE INSERT
ROPE
PULLEY
Assembly Procedure
CAM DOG
1. Apply a light coat of NON-FREEZE grease to the spring
before installing into the pulley. Install the pulley
assembly into the starter housing.
WASHER
2. Install the brake spring, starter dog(s), and starter dog
return spring(s). The starter dog spring(s) must hold
the dog(s) in against the pulley. On Snow King engines
the starter dog posts should be lubricated with S.A.E.
30 engine oil to prevent oxidation.
38
STARTER
HOUSING
DOG SPRING
STARTER DOG
DOG RETAINER
RETAINER SCREW
BRAKE SPRING
SPRING PIN
10
3. Replace the retainer cup (cam dog on snow proof
starter) and retainer screw. Tighten to 65 - 75 in. lbs.
Older models that use a 10 - 32 retainer screw can be
replaced with a larger 12 - 28 screw (part # 590409A).
Re-drill the screw hole using a 13/64" (4.35 mm) drill
bit. The center screw torque on cast aluminum starters
is 115 to 135 in. lbs (13 - 15 Nm) (diag. 11 & 12).
4. Add-on alternator starters must have the center tubular
rivet replaced each time the tubular rivet is removed.
The tubular rivet should be pressed to a depth of 1/4"
(3.175 mm) from the top of the starter housing. Skip
this step if not applicable.
5. Apply tension to the recoil spring by winding the pulley
counterclockwise until it becomes tight, then allow the
pulley to unwind until the hole in the pulley lines up
with the rope eyelet in the starter housing. Install a
knotted rope through the pulley and the eyelet and
install the handle. A left-hand knot should be tied on
the end of the rope to secure the handle.
6. If a centering pin is used, be sure to align with the
crankshaft (bottom pin in center screw hole). Install
nylon sleeve 1/8" (3.175 mm) onto pin. Position nylon
sleeve in aligning recess in the crankshaft. START
two mounting screws in blower housing 90o apart.
With sleeve centered in crankshaft, gently push the
starter in place, tighten the two mounting screws,
insert and tighten the other two screws.
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
HOUSING
HANDLE
SPRING &
KEEPER ASSY.
PULLEY
BRAKE SPRING
DOG SPRING
RETAINER
RETAINER SCREW
CENTER PIN
11
HOUSING
HANDLE
SPRING &
KEEPER
PULLEY
VERTICAL PULL STARTER HORIZONTAL
ENGAGEMENT TYPE
Disassembly Procedure
DOG SPRING
RETAINER
BRAKE SPRING
DOG
BRAKE WASHER
CAM DOG
CENTER SCREW
12
1. Remove the handle and relieve the starter spring tension
by allowing the rope to slip past the rope clip.
2. Remove the spring cover by carefully removing the two
small screws. Carefully take out the spring.
3. Remove the center hub screw and the spring hub.
4. Lift off the gear and pulley assembly. Disassemble the
pulley assembly by removing the snap ring and washer
(diag. 13).
5. Remove the starter rope if necessary. Replace all worn
or damaged parts.
HANDLE
ROPE CLIP
ROPE
SCREW
G
T
SP SC SP CO
PU
EA
AN HR BR
R RI VE
R
LL
M
R
U
A
D
EY ING EW NG R
SN ST KE
BR OU
H
AP WA SP
AC NT
U
B
KE ING
SC SH RIN
E
G
T
R R
EW
13
39
Assembly Procedure
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
1. Insert the rope through the starter pulley.
2. Assemble the gear, pulley, washer, and snap ring.
3. Place a small amount of grease on the center shaft,
place the gear and pulley into position making sure
the brake spring loop is positioned over the metal tab
on the bracket. The rope clip must fit tightly onto the
bracket. The raised section fits into the hole in the
bracket (diag. 14 & 15).
RECEPTACLE
FOR RAISED
SECTION
MOUNTING BRACKET
TAB MUST FIT INTO
SPRING LOOP
4. Install the hub and hub screw. Torque the hub screw to
45 - 55 in. lbs. (5 - 6 Nm). A loose hub screw will
prevent the rope from retracting.
5. Install the return spring if necessary. A replacement
spring is installed by placing the spring and its retainer
over the top of the pulley and pushing the spring out of
the retainer into the pulley's recessed area.
RAISED SPOT
ROPE CLIP
BRAKE
15
14
6. Install the spring cover and the cover screws.
7. Wind the rope onto the pulley by slipping it past the
rope clip. When the rope is fully wound on the pulley,
wind the pulley assembly two additional turns to put
tension on the spring.
8. Mount the starter on the engine making sure the top of
the starter gear teeth are no closer than 1/16" (1.59
mm) from the top of the flywheel ring gear teeth.
VERTICAL PULL STARTER, VERTICAL
ENGAGEMENT TYPE
ROTATE
COUNTERCLOCKWISE
Disassembly Procedure
1. Pull out enough rope to lock the rope in the "V" of the
bracket.
2. Remove the handle if necessary by prying out the small
staple in the handle with a screwdriver.
3. Place the starter bracket on the top of a deep well
socket that is large enough to receive the head of the
center pin. Use an arbor press to drive out the center
pin.
4. Rotate the spring capsule strut until it is aligned with
the legs of the brake spring. Insert a nail or pin no
longer than 3/4" (19.05 mm) through the hole in the
strut so it catches in the gear teeth. This will keep the
capsule in the wound position (diag. 16).
5. Slip the sheave out of the bracket.
CAUTION: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE THE
SPRING CAPSULE FROM THE SHEAVE
ASSEMBLY UNLESS THE SPRING IS FULLY
UNWOUND.
6. Squeeze and hold tightly by hand the spring capsule
at the outer edge against the gear sheave.
40
STRUT
PIN
16
7. Remove the retainer pin from the strut and slowly relieve
the spring tension by allowing the spring capsule to
rotate slowly under control, until completely unwound.
The spring capsule can now be removed from the gear
sheave.
ORIGINAL INSTALLATION WITH STAPLE
INSTALL NEW
ROPE BY TYING
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
LEFT-HAND
KNOT
Assembly Procedure
1. Feed the new rope through the hole and tie a lefthanded knot on the rope end. Make sure the rope and
knot do not protrude from the knot cavity and bind the
pulley rotation (diag. 17).
REINSTALL
LEFT-HANDED
KNOT
2. Wind the rope on the sheave assembly clockwise,
viewing the gear from the gear side of the sheave.
PRY STAPLE
OUT TO
REMOVE OLD
ROPE
17
3. Reinstall the brake spring, being careful not to spread
the spring more than necessary.
4. Install the spring capsule, making sure the starter
spring end hooks on the gear hub (diag. 18).
5. Wind the spring four full turns and align the brake spring
legs with the strut as shown. Insert the pin in the strut
(diag. 19).
GEAR HUB
STARTER SPRING
END
6. If the starter is equipped with a locking or delay pawl
and spring, make sure these are in place before
grasping the gear and spring capsule assembly and
sliding it into the bracket. Make sure the legs of the
brake spring are positioned in the slots of the bracket.
7. Feed the rope end under the rope guide and hook it
into the "V" notch. Remove the pin and the strut will
rotate clockwise against the bracket (diag. 21).
SPRING HOOKED ON
GEAR HUB
8. Insert the new center pin by pressing or driving the pin
firmly in place. Reinstall the starter assembly on the
engine (diag. 21).
ROTATE SPRING
4 FULL TURNS
18
19
STARTER HANDLE
ROPE
BRAKE
PULLEY
SPRING
ASSY.
PAWL SPRING *
CLIP *
KEY*
STRUT
PAWL
ROPE CLIP
GUIDE BRAKE ENDS
THROUGH SLOT
LOCKING PAWL*
BRACKET
WHEN PIN IS REMOVED STRUT
WILL ROTATE 45o CLOCKWISE
21
PIN
"V"ROPE WEDGE
* USED ON SOME MODELS
20
41
CHAPTER 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
GENERAL INFORMATION
The electrical system consists of three main elements: a battery, a starting circuit, and a charging circuit. The battery is
part of both the starting and charging circuit. The battery should be checked before going into any extensive starter or
charging system checks. If a battery has a shorted cell, overcharging can result, and the regulator or rectifier may appear
to be at fault. If a cell has an open or high resistance connection, the electric starter operation will be affected.
The power source used to provide the energy to turn an electric starter motor on Tecumseh engines is either 120 volt A.C.
current or 12 volt D.C. An A.C. starter circuit utilizes a 120 volt power source instead of a battery. The 12 volt battery
models require a charging system to maintain proper battery charge.
The starting circuit includes the battery, battery cables, starter or ignition switch, safety switches, and an electric starter
motor.
The charging system consists of alternator charge coils, rectifiers or diodes, regulator, ignition switch, flywheel magnets,
and a battery. All engines that have a charging system will use a combination of some or all of these features.
OPERATION
STARTING CIRCUIT AND ELECTRIC
STARTERS
LOCK NUT
BOLT
BRUSHES
After all of the safety interlock switches have been activated,
the starter switch will complete the circuit. A strong
magnetic force is produced by the electrical current running
through the armature windings. The armature magnetism
repels the magnetism produced by the permanent field
magnets of the electric starter. The repelling magnetic
forces cause the armature to rotate, moving the drive pinion
laterally on the splined armature shaft, meshing the starter
pinion gear with the flywheel ring gear. When the drive pinion
contacts the stop at the end of the armature shaft, the
pinion rotates along with the armature shaft to crank the
engine. The armature and pinion remain positively engaged
until the engine fires and the flywheel rotates faster than
the armature. The greater momentum of the flywheel throws
the starter pinion gear out of mesh and forces the starter
pinion back to the disengaged position. After the switch is
released, the starting circuit is opened and the armature
coasts to a stop. A small anti-drift spring holds the pinion
in the disengaged position (diag. 1).
END CAP
WASHER
NUTS
BRUSH SPRINGS
BRUSH CARD
HOUSING
ARMATURE
SPRING
RETAINER
RETAINER
THRUST WASHER
GEAR
SPRING
DUST COVER
END CAP
ENGAGING NUT
1
CHARGING CIRCUIT
When a conductor (alternating coils) cuts the magnetic
field generated by the magnets in the flywheel, a current
will be induced in the alternator coil. The permanent
magnets in the flywheel have a magnetic field in which the
lines of magnetic force run from the North Pole to the South
Pole. As the flywheel rotates and the position of the
magnets change, the direction of the magnetic field
changes or alternates. The alternating coils are wound in
different directions to allow current to flow as an A.C.
waveform (diag. 2).
ROTATION OF FLYWHEEL
2
42
CONVERTING ALTERNATING CURRENT TO
DIRECT CURRENT
In order to charge a battery, it is necessary to convert
alternating current (A.C.) to direct current (D.C.). This is
accomplished by using a diode or rectifier (diag. 3). A single
diode makes use of only one half of the A.C. signal and is
known as HALF WAVE RECTIFICATION (diag. 4). This is
acceptable in certain applications. In certain situations it
is necessary to make use of the entire A.C. signal. To
accomplish this, multiple diodes in a bridge configuration
are used to produce FULL WAVE RECTIFICATION (diag.
5).
CATHODE
ANODE
DIRECTION OR FLOW OF CURRENT
Ý
BAND OR OTHER
MARKING INDICATES
CATHODE END
3
Current flows through a diode when the anode is more positive than the cathode. The cathode end of the diode should
point toward the battery when diode is used between a charging system and a battery.
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER SINGLE DIODE
The single diode allows only the positive half of the A.C. signal through. It does not allow the negative portion through.
HALF WAVE RECTIFIER
(SINGLE DIODE)
+ VOLTAGE
+ VOLTAGE
- VOLTAGE
A.C. INPUT
- VOLTAGE
FULL WAVE RECTIFIER (BRIDGE
RECTIFIER)
+ VOLTAGE
The full wave rectifier makes use of the entire A.C. signal,
converting it to D.C.
- VOLTAGE
COMPONENTS
D.C. OUTPUT
FULL WAVE RECTIFIER
(BRIDGE RECTIFIER)
A.C. INPUT
+ VOLTAGE
(D.C.)
A.C. INPUT
BATTERY
The batteries used in conjunction with Tecumseh engines
are 12 volt lead acid or “maintenance free” style. The
chemical energy produced by the dissimilar metals of the
battery plates provides a electrical potential that is used to
power the electric starter or unit accessories. Consult the
original equipment manufacturer’s service manual for battery
size, capacities, and testing procedure.
4
+ VOLTAGE
D.C. OUTPUT
- VOLTAGE
5
WIRING
The wires used in Tecumseh electrical systems are copper stranded with an insulated coating around the copper strands.
CONDITION: All wiring must be fully insulated between connection points, securely fastened and free of foreign material
(such as rust and corrosion) at the connection points. This is especially important in the use of batteries where much of
the potential may be lost due to loose connections or corrosion. Remember to check the insulation on the wire. All it
takes is a pin hole to "ground out" on the engine or frame. This is of special concern when moisture or water is present.
This may cause the engine to run erratically or be impossible to start.
43
WIRE GAUGE: The proper thickness of wire is necessary
in all electrical circuits. Wire diameter is measured in
increments of gauge numbers. As the gauge number of
the wire increases, the wire diameter decreases in size
(diag.6).
THE LARGER THE NUMBER THE SMALLER THE WIRE
1. The starter circuit wiring must be rated at #6 or lower
gauge number.
# 18
#6
2. The charging circuit wiring must be rated at #16 or
lower gauge number (20 amp system requires #14 or
lower gauge number).
6
3. The magneto circuit wiring (ground circuit) must be rated at #18 or lower gauge number.
Tecumseh's standard engine wiring color codes, effective August, 1992 are as follows:
Code
Product
Yellow
-
Alternator A.C. Leads
Red
-
Alternator D.C. + Leads
Brown
-
Alternator D.C. - Leads
Black
-
Alternator Ground Leads, Battery Ground Leads
Orange
-
12 Volt Starter B + Leads
Dark Green -
Ignition Shut-Off Leads
NOTE: PRIOR TO AUGUST 1992, WIRE CODES CHANGED ACCORDING TO MODEL AND SPECIFICATION
NUMBERS.
ELECTRICAL TERMS
ALTERNATOR - An alternator consists of coils of wire
wound around a metal lamination stack. When a magnet
is moved past the coils, a current is induced in the coils. In
general, the greater the number of coils, the greater the
output of the alternator (diag. 7).
7
IGNITION COIL - The ignition coil is used to fire the spark
plug. It is completely independent from the alternator coils.
RECTIFIERS and DIODES - Charging a battery requires
that the alternating current produced by the alternator be
changed to direct current. This is accomplished by using
a diode or rectifier.
REGULATOR/RECTIFIERS - This combines a regulator
with a rectifier. The regulator prevents overcharging of the
battery and the rectifier changes the alternating current to
direct current (diag.8, 9, 10).
CONDUCTORS - A conductor is a material that allows an
electric current to pass through it. All metals are conductors
of electricity, but some are better conductors than others.
Silver, copper and gold are some of the better known
conductors. As the temperature of the conductor increases,
the resistance increases.
8
9
INSULATORS - An insulator is a material that will not allow
an electric current to pass through it. Some of the more
common materials that are insulators are glass, plastic,
rubber, ceramics and porcelain.
10
44
BASIC CHECKS
Before going into extensive checks, be sure to perform the more basic checks first, such as:
1. Battery defective or not charged.
2. Corroded or loose terminals and connections, or wrong connections.
3. Cracked insulation or broken wires.
4. A wire "grounding out" in the system.
5. Defective switch.
6. Operator presence system functioning properly.*
*NOTE: ALL LAWN AND GARDEN TRACTORS BUILT AFTER JULY OF 1987 ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE AN OPERATOR
PRESENCE SYSTEM AND MANY CAME EQUIPPED WITH SUCH A SYSTEM PRIOR TO THIS DATE. IF THE TRACTOR
IS "CUTTING OUT" OR WILL NOT START, THIS IS AN AREA THAT SHOULD BE CHECKED OUT.
45
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRICAL STARTER CIRCUIT FLOW CHART
Starter will not
turn
NO
YES
Is there power
at the power
source?
Repair or replace
power source
Starter turns at
low rpms or
stalls under load
Intermittent
starter operation
NO
Is power supplied to the
starter terminal?
Check wiring,
connections,
safety switches,
starter switch
Check starter for
binding brushes,
worn brushes,
dirty or oily
commutator
NO
NO
Remove spark
plug, does engine
turn over freely?
YES
Isolate engine
from the
equipment, does
engine turn over?
YES
YES
Repair or replace
equipment
causing excessive
loading
YES
Internal engine
failure or flywheel
interference
NO
Reinstall spark
plug, does
engine bind on
compression
stroke?
YES
Check valve lash.
Adjust if
necessary. Does
the engine turn
over without
binding now?
NO
Repair or replace
electric starter
46
Internal engine
failure, repair or
replace engine
TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRICAL CHARGING CIRCUIT FLOW CHART
Identify the charging system
used by model and specification
number or visually check the
electrical plug
Consult the Quick Reference
Service Guide for test
procedures on the different
charging systems available.
Test for either AC or DC voltage
as directed at the proper engine
RPM
NO
NO
Is the voltage greater than or
equal to the minimum value?
Is AC voltage before diode or YES
rectifier greater than the minimum
value?
Alternator coil
failure, replace
coil assy.
YES
Check wiring, switches, or
ammeter for breaks, shorts
Check diodes,
replace if no
continuity exists or
if continuity exists
reversing test leads
Check fuses,
replace as
necessary
Check switches,
wiring, or lights for
shorts
47
TESTING PROCEDURE
STARTING CIRCUIT
1. Check the power source using an electrical tester and follow the testers recommended procedure. Make sure the
battery meets the minimum battery voltage requirements found in the original equipment manufacturer's service
manual.
2. Check the electric starter terminal for the required voltage (12v D.C. or 120 v A.C.) using a voltmeter.
CAUTION: FOLLOW ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WHEN TESTING FOR A.C. VOLTAGE, ELECTRIC SHOCK
CAN KILL.
3. Check wiring, connections, fuses, ignition or starter switch, safety switches, or solenoid for continuity using a
ohmmeter or a continuity light. Repair or replace as necessary.
4. Remove all equipment loads from the engine. Take off all drive belts, chains, and couplers to isolate the engine from
the equipment it is powering.
5. Try to turn the engine over using the recoil assembly if equipped. If the engine doesn’t turn over, a mechanical binding
may be the cause. Check for proper lubrication (oil level and viscosity), starter gear and flywheel ring gear interference.
If no problem is discovered, the problem is an internal failure.
6. If the engine binds only on the compression stroke, check the engine valve clearance per the specification table in
Chapter 10. If the valve clearance is within the specifications, the camshaft (compression release) may require
replacement. Valve clearance not within the listed specifications will require either resetting or grinding the valve
stems to obtain the proper clearance.
7. If the engine turns over freely, the electric starter should be disassembled and checked. If the preceding steps fail to
correct the problem, the engine will require disassembly to find the mechanical failure. See Chapter 9 under
"Disassembly Procedure".
CHARGING CIRCUIT
The following pages will show wiring diagrams of several Tecumseh charging systems. The charging system used on the
engine is best identified by obtaining the engine model number and the specification number on the engine. Consult a
Tecumseh dealer or a parts manual to identify the charging system. To make many of the tests it is necessary to run the
engine and measure alternator output with a voltmeter. When making voltage tests with the engine running, it is not
necessary to take readings at all the listed R.P.M.s. Checking at one of the speeds is sufficient.
In some cases an open circuit D.C. check cannot be made. An SCR (Silicon Controlled Rectifier) is located in the circuit
which requires a minimum “turn on” voltage to allow it to conduct. Without the battery in the circuit this “turn on” voltage
is not present. The SCR “senses” this and there will be no D.C. output from the regulator or rectifier.
Each charging system has its own testing procedure. Test the charging system using the applicable procedure on the
following pages.
(+) POSITIVE LEAD
350 Milliamp Charging System
Models: Rotary Mower Engines Equipped
with Electric Start
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: The battery must be in the
circuit to perform the test properly. Connect a voltmeter
across the battery. The voltmeter should read the battery
voltage. Start the engine. With the engine running, there
should be an increase in the voltage reading. If there is no
change in the voltage reading, the alternator is defective
and should be replaced. See Chapter 9 for "Disassembly
Procedure" (diag. 11).
NOTE: SET THE VOLTMETER TO THE 0-20 VOLT D.C.
SCALE FOR THE TEST.
(-) ENGINE GROUND
MAGNETO GROUND
(GR)
BATTERY
GROUND (BL)
BLACK
48
D.C. OUTPUT
LEAD (RED)
ELEC. STARTER
LEAD (ORG)
RED
11
18 Watt A.C. Lighting Alternator
Models: H35, HS & HSSK 40-50, HM &
HMSK 70-80-100
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: To check the system,
disconnect the plug from the rest of the lighting system.
Connect a wire lead from the single pin connector coming
out of the engine to one terminal of a No. 4414, 18 watt
bulb. Connect another wire lead to the other terminal of the
bulb and run to a good ground on the engine. Start the
engine and test the circuit using the A.C. voltmeter as
shown (diag. 12).
ENGINE
YELLOW
With the engine running, minimum A.C. voltage across
the bulb should be:
2000 R.P.M. - 6.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 8.5 Volts A.C.
#4414 BULB
3600 R.P.M. - 10.0 Volts A.C.
12
If minimum values are noted, the alternator is okay. If less
than the minimum values, the alternator is defective. See
Chapter 9 for "Disassembly Procedure".
1 Amp (18 Watt) Add-on Alternator
YELLOW
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: To check the system,
disconnect the plug from the rest of the lighting system.
Connect a No. 4414, 18 watt bulb in line with each terminal
in the plug. Start the engine and test the circuit using a
voltmeter as shown (diag. 13).
YELLOW
With the engine running, minimum A.C. voltage values
across the bulb should be:
2000 R.P.M. - 8.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 10.5 Volts A.C.
#4414 BULB
3600 R.P.M. - 12.0 Volts A.C.
If minimum values are noted, the alternator is okay. If the
minimum values are not noted, the alternator or A.C.
connector is defective. See Chapter 9 for "Disassembly
Procedure".
13
BLACK
D.C. Charging Adaptor
OUTPUT LEADS
Rectifier Bridge Check With Ohmmeter for D.C.
Adaptor
RED
The following tests should be performed without the engine
running to determine the condition of the D.C. adaptor.
BLACK
RED
Continuity should exist during one of the two following tests.
No continuity should exist while performing the opposite
test.
If continuity exists during both tests, or if no continuity
exists during both tests, the D.C. adaptor is defective.
A.C. TERMINALS
TEST NO. 1 - Connect negative probe of meter to red output
lead. Connect positive probe of meter to both A.C. terminals
and black output lead (diag. 14).
#4414
BULB
14
(continued on top of next page)
49
TEST NO. 2 - Connect the positive probe of meter to red output lead. Connect the negative probe of meter to both A.C.
terminals and black output lead.
Connect the negative probe of meter to black output lead. Connect the positive probe of meter to both A.C. terminals and
red output lead.
If the D.C. adaptor is not defective and a known good battery fails to hold a charge, then perform an A.C. output voltage
test.
NOTE: PRIOR TO AUGUST 1992, THE BLACK WIRE WAS BROWN.
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: To check the system, disconnect the D.C. adaptor from the add-on alternator. Connect a No.
4414, 18 watt bulb in line with each terminal in the alternator. Start engine and test circuit using an A.C. voltmeter as
shown (diag 14).
With the engine running, minimum A.C. voltage values across the bulb should be:
2000 R.P.M. - 8.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 10.5 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 12.0 Volts A.C.
If the minimum values are noted, alternator is okay. If the minimum values are not noted, the alternator or A.C. connector
is defective.
2.5 Amp D.C., 35 Watt Lighting
To check this system follow the meter hook ups at the
right, checking the D.C. negative and D.C. positive first. If
output is below standard listed, pull back protective coating
in front of the diode and check A.C. output. If A.C. is good
check each diode it services as requested see parts list.
(diag. 15)
TWO DIODES
D.C.
TO POSITIVE
SIDE OF
BATTERY
RED
D.C. NEGATIVE
OUTPUT LEAD
(BROWN D.C.)
D.C. value (+) or (-) check. A.C. outputs both sides.
R.P.M. D.C. Volts
2500 - 8.0 Volts D.C.
3000 - 9.5 Volts D.C.
3300 - 10.5 Volts D.C.
3600 - 11.5 Volts D.C.
R.P.M.
2500 3000 3600 -
Volts A.C.
18 Volts A.C.
22 Volts A.C.
26 Volts A.C.
NOTE: These minimum numbers should be obtained by
your meter and will often be higher.
D.C. POSITIVE
OUTPUT LEAD
(RED D.C.)
D.C.
A.C.
15
3 Amp A.C. Lighting Alternator
Models: H & HSK 30- 35, HS & HSSK 40, H &
HSK 50-60, HH50-60, HM & HMSK 70-80-100,
HHM80
Before making any exterior tests, check for an inoperative
switch, shorted wires and burned out headlight and/or stop
tail light. To check out the alternator, check the A.C. lead
to ground (diag. 16).
HEAD & TAIL LIGHT
YELLOW
With engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 8.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 9.5 Volts A.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 10.5 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 11.5 Volts A.C.
If the above minimum readings are noted, the alternator is
okay. Check for defective lights, wiring or switches. If less
than the above readings, the alternator is defective. See
Chapter 9 for "Disassembly Procedure".
50
GREEN
YELLOW
IGNITION GROUND
STOP LIGHT
16
NOTE: ON OLDER POINT IGNITION SYSTEMS, THE A.C.
OUTPUT LEADS ARE BLACK AND RED.
3 Amp D.C. Alternator System - Rectifier
Panel
This 3 amp system is readily identified by the rectifier panel
in the circuit. The panel includes two diodes and a fuse for
overload protection. The rectifier panel does not regulate
the output of this system.
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: Check the fuse to determine if
it is good. A continuity light or ohmmeter can detect a
faulty fuse. Replace with a six (6) amp fuse if necessary.
Determine if the diodes are functioning properly. A continuity
light may be used to check diodes. (diag. 17).
When replacing the diode in the rectifier panel, locate the
undercut on one end of the diode and match it to the detent
on terminal clip of the rectifier panel.
+
17
GREEN
D.C. VOLTMETER
YELLOW
YELLOW
FUSE
+
PROBE
Test the D.C. output of the rectifier panel as follows:
Disconnect the battery lead from the terminal of rectifier
panel. Use D.C. voltage meter probe on + battery terminal
as shown in the diagram (diag. 18). Connect negative lead
to engine ground.
Minimum values should read:
-
TO ENGINE
GROUND
18
RECTIFIER PANEL
A.C.
MOUNTED ON
VOLTMETER
ENGINE
2500 R.P.M. - 12.0 Volts D.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 14.0 Volts D.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 16.0 Volts D.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 18.0 Volts D.C.
If these minimum readings are noted, the system is okay.
Check for bad battery, ammeter, wiring, etc.
FUSE
19
If less than above reading, proceed to make an A.C. output
check. With the battery lead disconnected from rectifier
panel, probe the A.C. terminals with the voltmeter on the
A.C. scale (diag. 19).
Minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 24.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 29.0 Volts A.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 32.0 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 35.0 Volts A.C.
If less than above output, generating coil assembly is
defective. See Chapter 9 for "Disassembly Procedure".
NOTE: There is no regulator in this system. The total output
of the two diodes is three (3) AMPS. If the battery is
overcharging (boiling and bubbling), reduce the D.C. input
by one-half by removing one of the diodes.
51
3 Amp DC Alternator System - Diode in
Harness Sleeve
Models: H30-35, HS40, H50-60, HH50-60,
HM70-80-100, HHM80
GREEN
This system has a diode included in the red wire which
converts the alternating current (A.C.) to direct current.
The direct current (D.C.) is used to provide a trickle charge
for the battery. The leads from the alternator and the type
of connector may vary, but the output readings will be the
same.
RED
GROUND
PROBE (+)
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: Remove the fuse from the fuse
holder and check the fuse to make certain it is good. If
faulty, replace with a six (6) AMP fuse.
20
To check D.C. output, separate the connectors at the
engine. Place the probe (+) in the red wire lead connector.
Ground the other probe to the engine (diag. 20).
With the engine running minimum values should read:
DIODE
2500 R.P.M. - 8.0 Volts D.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 9.5 Volts D.C.
PROBE (+)
GREEN
3300 R.P.M. -10.5 Volts D.C.
3600 R.P.M. -11.5 Volts D.C.
If these minimum readings are noted, the system is okay.
Check for bad battery, ammeter, wiring, etc.
GROUND
RED
21
If less than the above readings, proceed to make an A.C.
output check by pulling back the protective coating from
the fuse holder and diode. Using an A.C. voltmeter, check
voltage from a point between the engine and the diode as
shown in the diagram (diag. 21).
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 18.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 22.0 Volts A.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 24.0 Volts A.C.
If low or no voltage is experienced, replace the alternator. If
the alternator puts out the minimum A.C. voltage, replace
the diode.
To replace the diode, disconnect at plug (spade terminal)
and cut the wire on the opposite end of the diode at the
solderless (crimped) connector. Remove 1/4" (6.35 mm) of
insulation from the cut end of the wire and twist the strands
together. Place the solderless connector from the new diode
onto the exposed 1/4" (6.35 mm) wire and crimp the
connector with a standard electricians pliers. Reconnect
plug end (or spade connector (diag. 22).
52
SPADE
CONNECTOR
SOLDERLESS
CONNECTOR
Þ
3600 R.P.M. - 26.0 Volts A.C.
FUSE HOLDER
22
5 Amp Alternator System Regulator-Rectifier
Under Blower Housing
INSERT PROBES INTO
CONNECTOR SLOTS.
DO NOT REMOVE
CONNECTOR WIRES.
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: An open circuit D.C. voltage
check cannot be made with this system. If a known good
battery fails to maintain a charge, proceed to make an
A.C. voltage test.
To do this, the blower housing must be removed, and the
regulator-rectifier must be brought outside of the blower
housing.
A.C. VOLTMETER
Disconnect the red D.C. output connector at the wiring
harness and connect the probes from an A.C. voltmeter to
the wire terminals at the regulator-rectifier (diag. 23).
CAUTION: AT NO TIME SHOULD THE ENGINE
BE STARTED WITH THE BLOWER HOUSING
REMOVED.
CAUTION: BLOWER HOUSING MUST BE
INSTALLED WHEN RUNNING ENGINE
23
With the engine running, the minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 19.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 23.0 Volts A.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 26.0 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 28.0 Volts A.C.
If the minimum values are noted, the alternator is okay; the regulator-rectifier is defective. If less than above readings, the
alternator is defective. See Chapter 9 for "Disassembly Procedure".
3 Amp D.C. 5 Amp A.C. Alternator
Models: H & HSK 50-60, HH50-60, HM & HMSK 70-80-90-100, TVM125-140-170-195-220,
TVXL195-220
This unit combines a 3 Amp D.C. system used to charge
a battery with a 5 Amp A.C. system used for lighting.
Located in the red wire of the harness is a diode which
converts the alternating current to direct current for charging
the battery. The yellow wire provides the A.C. voltage for
the lighting circuit.
RED
DIODE
YELLOW
D.C.
24
(continued on top of next page)
53
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: To check the system,
disconnect the plug and measure the D.C. voltage at the
red wire terminal (diag. 24). Measure the A.C. voltage at
the yellow wire terminal. With the engine running, the
minimum values should be:
3 Amp D.C.
2500 R.P.M. - 8.0 Volts D.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 11.0 Volts D.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 13.0 Volts D.C.
RED
5 Amp A.C.
2500 R.P.M. - 8.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 11.0 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 13.0 Volts A.C.
A.C.
YELLOW
25
If the above minimum values are noted, system is okay.
Check for defective lights, wiring or switches. If less than
above values are noted, pull back the protective shrink tubing
from the diode. Using an A.C. voltmeter, check the voltage
going into the diode from alternator, at the lead on the
alternator side of the diode (diag.25).
D.C. VOLTMETER
All Models
B + TERMINAL WIRE
With the engine running, the minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 20.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 25.0 Volts A.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 26.5 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 29.0 Volts A.C.
If low or no voltage is experienced, replace the alternator. If
the alternator puts out the minimum A.C. voltage, replace
the diode.
REGULATOR/RECTIFIER
MUST BE GROUNDED
7 Amp Alternator System Regulator-Rectifier
External to Engine
26
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: To check the system,
disconnect the D.C. or B+ wire at the switch end and
measure D.C. voltage between the lead and ground (diag.
26).
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 9.0 Volts D.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 11.0 Volts D.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 14.0 Volts D.C.
A.C.
If the minimum readings are noted, system is okay. Check
for defective ammeter, wiring, etc. If less than the above
readings, disconnect the plug from the regulator-rectifier,
and insert the A.C. voltmeter probes in the two outside
terminals (diag. 27).
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 12.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 14.0 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 18.0 Volts A.C.
If the minimum readings are noted, the alternator is okay;
the regulator-rectifier is defective. If less than the above
readings, the alternator is defective. See Chapter 9 for
"Disassembly Procedure".
54
27
7 Amp Alternator System RegulatorRectifier Under Engine Block Housing
Models: H50-60, HH50-60, HM70-80-100,
HHM80, TVM125-140-170-195-220
FULL WAVE
In this system, the regulator and rectifier are combined in
one solid state unit mounted under the blower housing of
the engine.
HALF WAVE
HALF WAVE
MAGNETO GROUND - GREEN
Various types of regulator-rectifiers have been used on
different applications. Test procedures for all types are the
same. However, regulator styles are not interchangeable
(diag. 28).
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: An open circuit D.C. voltage
check cannot be made with this system. If a known good
battery fails to maintain a charge, proceed to make an
A.C. voltage test.
D.C. OUTPUT LEAD-RED
To do this, the blower housing must be removed, and the
regulator-rectifier must be brought outside of the blower
housing.
Keep the A.C. leads attached to the regulator-rectifier. Install
the blower housing with the regulator-rectifier outside the
housing. With an A.C. voltmeter probe the regulator as
shown (diag. 29)
INSERT PROBES INTO
CONNECTOR SLOTS
DO NOT REMOVE
CONNECTOR WIRES
CAUTION: AT NO TIME SHOULD THE ENGINE
BE STARTED WITH THE BLOWER HOUSING
REMOVED.
YELLOW
RED
With engine running, minimum A.C. voltage from lead to
lead should be:
CAUTION: BLOWER
HOUSING MUST BE
INSTALLED WHEN
RUNNING ENGINE
2500 R.P.M. - 16.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 19.0 Volts A.C.
3300 R.P.M. - 21.0 Volts A.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 23.0 Volts A.C.
28
A.C. VOLTMETER
29
If the minimum readings are noted, the alternator is okay.
If the system fails to charge a known good battery, the
regulator-rectifier must be defective.
B+ TERMINAL WIRE
10 Amp Alternator System - RegulatorRectifier-External to Engine
In this system, the regulator and rectifier are combined in
one solid state unit.
GREEN
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: To check the system,
disconnect the D.C. or B+ wire at the switch end and
measure D.C. voltage between the lead and ground (diag.
30).
REGULATOR/
RECTIFIER MUST BE
GROUNDED
YELLOW
30
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 13.0 Volts D.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 16.0 Volts D.C.
3600 R.P.M. - 20.0 Volts D.C.
If the minimum values are noted, the system is okay. Check
for defective ammeter, wiring, etc. If less than the above
readings, disconnect the plug from the regulator-rectifier,
and insert the A.C. voltmeter probes in the two outside
terminals (diag. 31).
(continued on top of next page)
31
55
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 16.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 19.0 Volts A.C.
A.C. OUTPUT
YELLOW
3600 R.P.M. - 24.0 Volts A.C.
If the minimum readings are noted, the alternator is okay;
the regulator-rectifier is defective. If less than above
readings, the alternator is defective. See Chapter 9 for
"Disassembly Procedure".
A.C.
32
10 Amp Alternator
Models: H & HSK 50-60, HH50-60, HM & HMSK 70-80-100, HHM80,
TVM125-140-170-195-220
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: Unplug the connector at the wiring harness supplied by the OEM. Proceed to make an A.C.
output check. Place one lead of the A.C. voltmeter on the center plug of the connector. Place the other lead to engine
ground (diag. 32).
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 16.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 20.0 Volts A.C.
If less than above output, the alternator assembly is
defective. See Chapter 9 for "Disassembly Procedure".
3300 R.P.M. - 22.0 Volts A.C.
12 Amp D.C. Regulated Alternator
Models: HM80-100, OHM90-110, OHV110-130, TVM220
CHECKING THE SYSTEM: Unplug the connector at the wiring harness supplied by the OEM. Proceed to make an A.C.
output check. Place one lead of the A.C. voltmeter on the center plug of the connector. Place the other lead to engine
ground.
With the engine running, minimum values should read:
2500 R.P.M. - 16.0 Volts A.C.
3000 R.P.M. - 20.0 Volts A.C.
If less than above output, the alternator assembly is
defective. See Chapter 9 for "Disassembly Procedure".
3600 R.P.M. - 25.0 Volts A.C.
VOLTAGE REGULATORS
If a known good or load tested battery fails to maintain a charge, the charging system and the regulator can be checked
using a voltmeter. Set the voltmeter on the 0-20 Volt D.C. scale and connect the probes across the battery terminals as
shown. Note the battery voltage. Start the engine, the voltage reading should increase from the noted battery voltage but
not exceed 15 Volts D.C. If no voltage increase is noted, proceed to make an A.C. voltage check using the applicable
procedure. If the battery voltage exceeds 15 Volts D.C., or the proper minimum A.C. voltage is noted during the check,
replace the regulator.
LOW OIL SHUTDOWN SWITCHES
Low Oil Shutdown (Brown Wire)
Check the LOS switch while it is in the engine. The engine
must be level, and the oil level at the full mark. Place the
speed control in the run position. Remove the spark plug
wire from the spark plug. Install a gap type tester connected
to the spark plug wire and a good engine ground. Spin the
engine over using the electric or recoil starter. A bright
blue spark should be seen at the tester. If not, remove the
blower housing and disconnect the LOS lead from the
ignition module. Reinstall the blower housing and spin the
engine over. If spark occurs now, replace the LOS switch.
If no spark is seen, replace the ignition module.
56
Ground (Black Wire)
Ignition Coil (Green Wire)
33
ON/OFF LIGHTED ROCKER SWITCH WITH
LOW OIL SHUTDOWN (LOS)
SERVICE
This section covers the service procedures for the 12 and 120 volt electric starters. For diagnosis of the starting circuit
see “Electrical Starter Troubleshooting” in this chapter. Illustrations may not be identical in configuration to the starter
being serviced, but procedures and tests apply unless otherwise stated.
12 VOLT OR 120 VOLT ELECTRIC
STARTERS WITH EXPOSED SHAFT
1. Remove the plastic dust cover on the armature end
(diag. 34).
2. Push down the spring retainer and remove the retainer
ring.
3. Slide off the spring retainer, anti-drift spring, gear, and
drive nut.
4. If internal service is necessary, scribe a line across
the cap assemblies and armature housing to aid in
reassembly.
5. Remove the two or four retaining nuts from the through
bolts holding the cap assembly.
6. Slide off the cap assembly. The terminal insulator slides
out of the commutator cap.
34
7. Remove the armature.
8. Inspect and replace as necessary.
9. Use the reverse procedure for reassembly.
GEAR
SPRING
RETAINER
RING
ARMATURE
10. Inspect flywheel ring gear for damage before
installation.
12 VOLT D.C. OR 120 VOLT A.C. ELECTRIC
STARTERS WITH CAP ASSEMBLY
DRIVE NUT
1. Remove the retainer ring from the armature shaft
(diag.35).
SPRING
RETAINER
CAP ASSY.
35
2. Remove the two nuts from the through bolts holding
the cap assembly on.
3. Slide off the cap assembly. The engaging nut, gear,
spring, and spring retainer will remain in the cap
assembly.
4. If complete disassembly is required, refer to step # 4
in the previous section for additional steps.
5. Inspect and replace as necessary. Use reverse
procedure for assembly. ( For ease of assembly, place
the armature into the brush end frame first.)
6. Inspect flywheel ring gear for damage before
installation.
(continued on top of next page)
57
INSPECTION AND REPAIR
1. The pinion gear parts should be checked for damage
or wear. If the gear does not engage or slips, it should
be washed in solvent ( rubber parts cleaned in soap
and water) to remove dirt and grease, and dried before
reassembly. Also check the armature and drive nut
splines for wear or damage. Replace parts as
necessary.
2. The brushes and brush card holder should be checked
for wear. With the armature in place and the brushes
engaging the commutator surface, check the brushes
for wear. Brushes should be replaced if the brush wire
approaches the bottom of the brush holder slot. Brush
springs must exhibit enough strength to keep tension
on the brushes and hold them on the commutator.
3. The field windings can be checked using a continuity
light or ohmmeter. Attach one lead to each field coil
connection. Continuity should exist between each field
coil connection, and no continuity should exist between
the field coil connections and the starter housing (diag.
36 & 37).
FIELD COIL
CONNECTORS
FIELD COIL
CONNECTORS
BRUSH
SPRINGS
12 VOLT
4. The armature should be checked for glazing or wear. If
necessary the armature can be turned down in a lathe.
While rotating, polish the commutator bars using a
piece of 00 sandpaper (diag. 38). Light pressure and
back and forth movement should be used. Recut the
commutator bars to a depth equal to the width of the
insulators between the bars. Check for continuity
between the copper commutator bars and the iron of
the armature, none should exist (diag. 39). If any is
noted the armature must be replaced.
CONNECTION POINT OF
POWER CORD LEADS
36
38
120 VOLT
37
39
Brush Card Replacement
1. Loosen but do not remove the two nuts on the starter terminal post.
2. Remove the nuts holding the end cap in place. Remove the end cap and the thrust washer.
3. Grasp the thru bolts using a vise grip positioned as close to the flanged end as possible to prevent thread damage.
Remove the two nuts holding the driving end cap in place. Remove the armature and driving cap assembly, followed
by the two thru bolts. Notice the position of the brush ground eyelet under the thru bolt flange.
4. Note or mark the position of the connectors of the brush wires. Use a wire cutter to clip the solid field wires as close
to the connectors as possible.
5. Note or mark the brush card in the starter housing and remove the brush card assembly. Clean the accumulated dirt
off all starter parts. Scrape the insulating varnish off the last 1/2" (12.7 mm) of the solid field wires.
6. Insert the new brush card into position while guiding the solid field wires through the proper slots in the brush card.
7. Crimp and solder the brush leads to the solid field wires. Use a needle nose pliers or vise grip to hold the woven brush
lead close to the connector while soldering. This prevents solder and heat from flowing up the brush lead. Insulate the
crimped connection nearest the starter terminal post using electrical tape or heat shrink tubing. Route the wires to
prevent damage during assembly.
8. Install the armature into the housing while spreading the brushes. Install the thru bolts while checking to make sure
the bolts go thru the ground brush eyelet terminals. Install and tighten the drive end thru bolt nuts, but do not
overtighten.
9. Install the thrust washer (cupped side faces towards the end cap) on the end of the armature and then install the
starter end cap. Secure the cap with the locking nuts and tighten the nut on the starter terminal post. Rotate the
armature by hand to check for binding before installation on the engine.
58
CHAPTER 7 FLYWHEEL BRAKE SYSTEMS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Tecumseh’s brake systems provide two methods of meeting compliance standards which has become a federal law
as of June 30, 1982. There are two additional methods used by equipment manufacturers that also meet compliance
standards and they are as follows:
1. Use of the blade brake clutch in conjunction with either a top or side mounted recoil starter or 12 volt electric
starter. The blade stops within three seconds after the operator lets go of the blade control bail at the operator
position and the engine continues to run. Starter rope handle is either on the engine or on the equipment handle.
2. Use of a recoil starter (top or side mounted) with the rope handle on the engine as opposed to within 24 inches
(60.9 cm) of the operator position. This method is acceptable if the mower deck passes the 360 degree foot probe
test. A specified foot probe must not contact the blade when applied completely around the entire blade housing.
This alternative can be used with engine mounted brake systems and typical bail controls. The blade stops within
three seconds after the operator lets go of the engine/blade control bail at the operator position.
Tecumseh’s Flywheel Brake system provides consumer safety by stopping the engine and blade within three seconds
after the operator releases the engine/blade control bail at the handle of the lawnmower. These systems are available
on both recoil and electric start models. The engine stopping time is affected by the engine R.P.M. Consult microfiche
card #30, the Plus 1 or Parts Smart Look-Up system, or Service Bulletin #107 to determine the correct engine RPM
or blade tip speed.
OPERATION
BOTTOM SURFACE SYSTEM
In the stop position with the handle mounted engine / blade control released, the torsion spring rotates the brake lever
forcing the brake pad against the underside of the flywheel, actuates the ignition kill switch and on electric start
models, opens the starter interlock switch (diag. 1).
In order to restart the engine, the handle mounted engine / blade control must be applied. This action pulls the brake
pad away from the flywheel, opens the ignition kill switch and on electric start models, closes the starter interlock
switch. This will allow the engine to be started by energizing the starter with a starter switch (diag. 2).
BRAKE
APPLIED
BRAKE
RELEASED
IGNITION
SHORTED
INTER-LOCK
SWITCH OPEN
IGNITION
OPEN
INTER-LOCK
SWITCH CLOSED
1
2
59
OPERATION (CONTINUED)
INSIDE EDGE SYSTEM
In the stop position the brake pad is applied to the inside edge of the flywheel, at the same time the ignition system
is grounded (diag. 3).
In order to restart the engine, the brake control must be applied. This action pulls the brake pad away from the inside
edge of the flywheel and opens the ignition kill switch. On electric start systems the starter is energized by an
ignition switch or a two motion control. On non-electric start systems, the recoil starter rope must be pulled to start
engine (diag. 4).
IGNITION SHORTED
BRAKE APPLIED
IGNITION OPEN
BRAKE RELEASED
3
4
COMPONENTS
Both the Bottom Surface and the Inside Edge systems
use the following components:
The brake lever and pad assembly consists of a steel
lever with a brake pad bonded to the lever (diag. 5).
The ignition kill switch is a plastic block with a wire
extending out of it. The wire is attached to a terminal
which is connected to the ignition kill wire. The brake
lever contacts and grounds the wire of the switch when
the engine / blade control is released, and the ignition
module is grounded. This in turn kills the ignition (diag.
5).
The interlock switch is a push button switch that is
activated by the brake lever when the engine / blade control
is actuated. If there is a starter switch used to start the
engine, the interlock switch acts as a safety switch and
will not allow the starter to crank unless the
engine / blade control is depressed.
Where a two motion control is used the interlock switch
is utilized as the starter switch.
The Torsion Spring supplies the pressure to the brake
lever and brake pad to stop the flywheel.
The Control Cable transfers the motion of the
engine / blade control to the brake system.
60
BRAKE LEVER
AND PAD
IGNITION KILL
SWITCH
TORSION
SPRING
CONTROL CABLE
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
5
SERVICE
If the brake system fails to kill the ignition and stop the blade within 3 seconds the following service procedures
should be followed.
FLYWHEEL REMOVAL
NOTE: BEFORE THE FLYWHEEL IS REMOVED OR REPLACED, THE BRAKE PRESSURE ON THE FLYWHEEL
MUST BE RELIEVED AS OUTLINED BELOW UNDER "BRAKE LEVER AND PAD".
Remove the flywheel as outlined in Chapter 9 under "Disassembly".
BRAKE LEVER AND PAD
UNHOOK TORSION SPRING
Bottom Surface
To relieve the brake pressure on the flywheel, remove the
torsion spring by firmly grasping the short end of the
spring with a pliers and unhook the spring from the bracket
then remove the flywheel (diag. 6).
Remove the brake lever and pad assembly. Inspect the
brake pad for dirt, oil or grease contamination. If the pad
is contaminated, or if there is less than .060" (1.524 mm)
of brake pad material at the pad's thinnest point,
replacement is necessary. The brake pad is bonded to
the brake lever and must be replaced as an assembly.
Install the brake lever and pad assembly and continue to
reassemble the brake system in the reverse order of
disassembly.
6
SHORT END OF SPRING
NOTE: WHEN REMOVING THE BRAKE BRACKET THE
TORSION SPRING MUST BE RELEASED BEFORE THE
TOP STARTER BOLT IS REMOVED OR THE THREADS
IN THE CYLINDER BLOCK WILL BE DAMAGED.
ALIGN HOLES
SWITCH
Inside Edge
LEVER
To relieve the brake pressure on the flywheel, compress
the spring by moving the lever toward the spark plug,
when the hole in the lever aligns with the hole in the
bracket, secure the lever with alignment tool 670298 then
remove the flywheel (diag. 7). Remove the alignment tool.
Release the spring tension by unhooking the short end
of the spring from bracket with a pliers. Remove the “E”
clip from the brake pad shaft. Slide the pad lever from
the shaft and unhook the link. Inspect the brake pad for
dirt, oil or grease contamination. If the pad is contaminated,
or if there is less than .060" (1.524 mm) of brake pad
material at the pad's thinnest point, replacement is
necessary. The brake pad is bonded to the brake lever
and must be replaced as an assembly. Rehook the link,
install the brake lever and pad assembly, install the "E"
clip, rehook the short end of the spring and continue to
reassemble the brake system in the reverse order of
disassembly.
670298
7
GROUNDING CLIP
8
GROUNDING CLIP POSITION
LINKAGE
IGNITION GROUNDOUT TERMINAL
Inspect the ignition kill switch grounding clip for proper
alignment and contact with the brake arm. Insure that all
electrical connections are clean and secure (diag. 8 &
9).
"E" CLIP
BRAKE PAD
9
61
STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
The engine / blade control must close the interlock switch
before the starter can be engaged. To check the interlock
switch, use an ohmmeter or continuity light to perform a
continuity check. Continuity should exist between the
two terminals when the interlock switch button is completely
depressed. No continuity should exist when the button
is released. If the switch fails replace the switch (diag.
10).
10
To replace the interlock switch, carefully grind the heads
off of the rivets that fasten the interlock switch to the
brake bracket. Remove the rivets from the back side of
brake bracket. Use the self-tapping screw supplied with
the new switch to make threads in the bracket. Install
the interlock switch onto the brake bracket in the proper
position and secure the switch to the brake bracket with
the machine screws supplied. Be careful not to overtighten
the screws as switch breakage can occur (diag. 11).
SELF TAPPING
SCREW
MACHINE
SCREWS
11
CONTROL CABLE
Bottom Surface
The control cable conduit must be assembled against
the stop in the bracket. Make sure the bottom of the
lever completely depresses the button on the starter
interlock switch, if equipped, when the control is fully
applied. The cable must provide enough travel so the brake
will contact the flywheel. Some slack should exist in the
cable adjustment to compensate for brake pad wear (diag.
12).
Inside Edge
If replacing the cable conduit screw with a screw other
than a service part replacement, be certain that the screw
length is not too long as to prevent free travel of the lever.
Make sure the button on the starter interlock switch is
completely depressed when the control is fully applied.
The cable must provide enough travel so the brake will
contact the flywheel. Some slack should exist in the cable
adjustment to compensate for brake pad wear (diag. 13).
BRAKE BRACKET REPLACEMENT
The tension must be relieved on the lower brake spring
prior to the removal of the top electric starter bolt, or
damage to the threads in the cylinder block can occur.
When installing a inside edge brake bracket assembly,
be sure the slotted holes in the brake bracket are all the
way down on the fasteners. This will properly align the
brake bracket to the flywheel brake surface (diag. 14).
62
STOP
SCREW END MUST
NOT BLOCK LEVER
ACTION
12
CABLE CLAMP
SCREW
13
MOUNTING HOLES
Ô
Ô
MECHANISM FULL DOWN
BEFORE SCREWS TORQUED
14
CHAPTER 8 IGNITION
GENERAL INFORMATION
The ignition systems used on Tecumseh engines are either solid state capacitor discharge modules or magneto ignition
systems. The basic functional difference is that the solid state modules are triggered by an electronic switch (SCR).
Magneto ignition systems rely on the mechanical action of opening and closing a set of moveable contact points to
trigger when the spark will occur.
The solid state ignition system consists of a flywheel magnet and key, charge coil, capacitor, a silicon controlled rectifier,
pulse transformer, trigger coil, high tension lead, and a spark plug. Everything except the flywheel magnet, key and the
spark plug are located in a encapsulated ignition module. This solid state (CDI - Capacitive Discharge Ignition) module is
protected by epoxy filler from exposure to dirt and moisture. This system requires no maintenance other than checks of
the high tension lead and spark plug.
The Tecumseh magneto ignition consists of a stator assembly made of laminations, a coil, contact points, condenser, a
permanent magnet mounted in the flywheel, high tension lead, and a spark plug. The coil is sealed by epoxy filler, and the
points and condenser are sealed from dirt and moisture by a crankshaft seal and cover gasket.
OPERATION
SOLID STATE IGNITION SYSTEM (CDI)
As the magnets in the flywheel rotate past the charge coil,
electrical energy is produced in the module. The energy is
stored in the capacitor ( approx. 200 volts) until it is released
by an electrical switch (SCR). As the magnet continues to
rotate, it travels past a trigger coil where a low voltage
signal is produced. This low voltage signal closes the SCR
switch, allowing the energy stored in the capacitor to flow
to a transformer where the voltage is increased from 200
volts at 200 RPM to 22,000 volts at 3000 RPM. This voltage
flows through the high tension lead to the spark plug where
it arcs across the electrodes and ignites the air-fuel mixture
(diag. 1).
1
MAGNETO IGNITION SYSTEM (POINTS)
As the flywheel turns, the magnets that are mounted in
the wheel, pass the coil mounted on the stator. As the
magnet's North Pole enters the area of the center leg of
the stator, a magnetic field is concentrated through the
laminations to the magnet's South Pole. This causes a
generation of current flow in the coil's primary winding. The
ignition points are closed (diag. 2).
As the flywheel continues to rotate, the North Pole
approaches the last leg of the lamination stack. The
magnetic field through the center leg reverses, producing
a large change in the magnetic field, and a high current in
the primary side of the coil (diag. 3).
PATH OF MAGNETIC
LINES OF FORCE
MAGNET
FLYWHEEL
ROTATION
POINTS
CLOSED
2
At this time, the contacts open and the primary current
stops flowing. This change in current causes a voltage in
the primary, which induces a high voltage in the secondary
winding of the coil. The voltage travels through the spark
plug wire, to the spark plug and jumps the gap of the plug
to ignite the air/fuel mixture.
POINTS OPEN
3
63
IDENTIFICATION OF TECUMSEH IGNITION SYSTEMS
INTERNAL IGNITION
EXTERNAL IGNITION
4
5
SOLID STATE IGNITION (CDI)
6
COMPONENTS OF A TECUMSEH MAGNETO
IGNITION SYSTEM (DIAG. 7)
A. Flywheel with magnets
B. Coil
C. CONDENSER
A. FLYWHEEL WITH
MAGNETS
B. COIL
C. Condenser
G. STATOR PLATE
D. Spark plug
E. Contact points
F. Ignition cam
E. CONTACT POINTS
D. SPARK PLUG
G. Stator plate (dust cover, cam wiper, and laminations.)
H. FLYWHEEL KEY
F. IGNITION CAM
7
H. Flywheel key
The flywheel with magnets provide the magnetic flux
(or field) which is necessary to induce the low voltage in
the primary circuit. A horseshoe magnet is a good example
of how the magnets function in the flywheel. The magnets
are either cast in or glued onto the flywheel, and are not a
replaceable item (diag. 8).
The ignition coil is used to increase the low voltage in
the primary to high voltage in the secondary, capable of
jumping the spark plug gap. The coil consists of a primary
and a secondary winding of wire. The primary is the low
voltage (200 - 300 volts) winding, consisting of
approximately 150 turns of heavy gauge wire next to the
core. The secondary winding consists of approximately
10,000 turns of very fine wire wrapped over the primary.
When induced by the primary, the secondary winding
generates a voltage of between 10,000 - 20,000 volts, which
can arc the spark plug gap (diag. 9).
64
8
PRIMARY WINDING
GROUND LEAD
SECONDARY WIRING
PRIMARY LEAD
HIGH TENSION LEAD
9
The condenser acts as an electrical shock absorber to
prevent arcing between the contact points as they open.
Arcing will lower the voltage at the spark plug, as well as
burn and pit the contact points. The condenser is a
replaceable item (diag. 10).
10
The spark plug is made up of two electrodes. The outside
electrode is grounded and secured to the threaded sleeve.
The center electrode is insulated with porcelain. The two
are separated by an air gap which creates a resistance. A
large voltage from the secondary arcs the air gap which
causes a spark and ignites the air-fuel mixture in the cylinder
(diag. 11).
The contact points consist of an insulated, movable point
that connects to the coil primary lead, and a stationary
point that is grounded to the stator body. Spring tension
holds the points together making a complete path for the
primary circuit, and are opened by the action of the point
arm which rests on the ignition cam. The contact points
are a replaceable item (diag. 12).
11
12
The ignition cam is an oblong device which rotates with
the crankshaft, and opens the points for firing the ignition
system. It is important to check the ignition cam for
roughness, if rough replace the cam. When inserting the
ignition cam onto the crankshaft make sure that the side
stamped "TOP", or the side that has an arrow on it faces
the mechanic (diag. 13).
13
NOTE: SOME IGNITION CAMS ARE MACHINED
DIRECTLY ONTO THE CRANKSHAFT AND ARE NOT
REPLACEABLE.
The stator plate is an aluminum fixture which houses the
points, cam wiper, condenser, and has the laminations
riveted to it. The laminations are strips of iron riveted
together to form an iron core. Rust or debris in between
the laminations will hamper the performance of the ignition
system. If corrosion on the laminations is severe, the stator
plate should be replaced (diag. 14).
14
The flywheel key locates the flywheel to the crankshaft
in the proper position. If a flywheel key is sheared, or partially
sheared, the engine will not start or be difficult to start
(diag. 15).
15
65
IGNITION TROUBLESHOOTING
Engine runs
erratically or shuts
off, restarts
Engine Will
Not Start
Check for spark
Spark
No Spark
Replace spark plug
Check flywheel for
damaged or sheared key
Isolate engine and repeat
test
Set proper air gap on
external coil
Set proper point gap, check
condensor and timing
Test
coil for intermittent or
weak spark
Check electric starter and
battery if applicable
Spark
No Spark
Equipment problem,
check switches, wiring
and equipment controls
Engine problem, check for
shorts or grounds in wiring
Parasitic load
Disconnect ignition
cut-off wire
at the ignition coil &
repeat test
Oil shutdown or
on/off rocker switch
Check for proper air gap
on external
coil and repeat test
Check flywheel magnets
for strength
Test ignition module
66
TESTING PROCEDURE
1. Check for spark using a commercially available spark
tester and following the tester's recommended
procedure.
3/4 " (19.05 mm)
2. Check for the correct spark plug and for cracks in the
porcelain, pitted or burned electrodes, excessive
carbon buildup, and proper air gap setting. Replace if
questionable.
3. Remove the blower housing, disconnect the ignition
ground lead at the ignition coil (solid state only).
Reinstall the blower housing and crank the engine over.
If spark occurs, check the ignition switch, safety
interlock switches, electrical wiring for shorting to
ground, or oil shutdown switch.
MAGNETS
16
NOTE: STANDARD POINT IGNITION MAY HAVE TO BE
DISCONNECTED AT THE IGNITION SHUTOFF (AT THE
SPEED CONTROL).
4. Check the air gap between the flywheel magnets and
the laminations of an externally mounted coil or module.
It should be .0125 (.317 mm) or use gauge part #
670297.
5. Check the flywheel magnets for the proper strength
using this rough test. Hold a screwdriver at the extreme
end of the handle with the blade down, move the blade
to within 3/4 inch (19.05 mm) of the magnets. If the
screwdriver blade is attracted to the magnets, the
magnetic strength is satisfactory (diag. 16).
6. Examine the stator components (diag. 17).
17
A. Check the ignition cam for roughness.
B. Check the movable point arm that rests on the
ignition cam for wear.
C. Check the spring steel on the point assembly for
evidence of excessive heat.
D. Check contact points for wear. If they are pitted or
burned, this is an indication that the condenser is
not functioning properly. If any of the above are faulty,
replace accordingly.
E. When replacing the points, also replace the
condenser.
F. After the points are replaced and engine is re-timed,
be sure to clean the points with lint free paper. An
engine will not run smoothly if the points are
improperly set or coated with even a small quantity
of oil, etc.
18
7. Examine the coil and lamination assembly (either
internal or external) for cracks in the insulation or other damage which would cause shorts or leakage of current.
Make sure the electrical leads are intact, especially where they enter the coil (diag. 18).
8. Check the operation of the coil using an approved tester. Follow the instructions furnished with the test unit or
booklets offered by the Tecumseh Products Co. Engine and Transmission Group Service Division. If the coil or
lamination assembly is defective, replace as necessary.
NOTE: IF LAMINATIONS ARE BAD ON AN INTERNAL COIL ASSEMBLY, THE ENTIRE STATOR BODY MUST BE
REPLACED SINCE THE LAMINATIONS ARE PERMANENTLY RIVETED TO THE STATOR.
External coils are permanently attached to the lamination and must be serviced as an assembly.
67
SERVICE
To remove ignition components from the engine, see
Chapter 9 under "Disassembly".
SPARK PLUG SERVICE
Spark plugs should be removed, cleaned, and adjusted
periodically.
Check the air gap with a spark plug gap gauge and adjust
accordingly. Set the spark plug gap at .030" (.762 mm)
(diag. 19).
19
Replace the plug if the center and ground electrodes are
pitted or burned, or if the porcelain is cracked or discolored.
When reinstalling the plug make sure it is clean of all foreign material.
NOTE: DO NOT USE A SAND BLASTER TO CLEAN PLUGS, MICROSCOPIC PARTICLES LEFT IN THE PLUG CAN
SCORE THE ENGINE CYLINDER DURING OPERATION. USE A SOLVENT AND A WIRE BRUSH TO CLEAN, AND
BLOW OUT THOROUGHLY WITH COMPRESSED AIR.
Replace the spark plug with the proper spark plug. Consult the proper parts breakdown for the spark plug to be used in
the engine being serviced.
Set the spark plug gap at .030" (.762 mm).
Install the spark plug and tighten to 250 inch pounds torque (28.5 Nm). If a torque wrench is not available, screw spark
plug in as far as possible, by hand, and use a spark plug wrench to turn spark plug 1/8 to 1/4 of a turn further if using the
old spark plug or 1/2 of a turn further if using a new spark plug.
CONDITIONS CAUSING FREQUENT SPARK PLUG FOULING
1. Carburetor setting too rich or air cleaner restricted.
2. Partially closed choke shutter.
3. Poor grade of gasoline.
4. Improper fuel.
5. Restricted exhaust system.
NORMAL
CARBON DEPOSIT
WORN
OIL DEPOSIT
6. Incorrect spark plug.
7. Incorrect spark plug gap.
8. Oil level too high, or breather is restricted.
9. Faulty piston rings.
10. Weak ignition system.
20
IGNITION TIMING PROCEDURE
In order for an engine to run effectively and efficiently, the spark must ignite the compressed air-fuel mixture when the
piston is in a specific position to deliver maximum power. This position is known as Before Top Dead Center (BTDC). If the
mixture is ignited too soon, kickback can be experienced due to preignition. If the mixture is ignited too late, loss of
power can be experienced due to retarded spark.
The Standard Point System
Internal coils are used on small and medium frame 4 cycle engines. First check the specification charts in the back of
this manual or the quick reference chart for the correct ignition dimensions, (point gap setting and timing specification)
depending on the model of engine.
68
Begin the procedure by replacing the points if necessary.
To do this remove the nut that secure the movable portion
of the breaker points. Remove the screw from the stationary
portion of the breaker points and the worn breaker point
assembly. Install a new breaker point assembly and adjust
the point gap. This is done by rotating the crankshaft until
the point arm is resting on the high side of the ignition
cam. Set the point gap by loosening the screw on the
movable point set and insert a feeler gauge per
specification. Adjust the point gap so that a light drag is
felt on the feeler gauge. Tighten the screw and recheck the
gap. Leave the leads unattached for the timing procedure.
Use this procedure on all standard point ignition systems
when point replacement is necessary (diag. 21).
Install a dial indicator (Part # 670241), equipped with the
correct tip on the extender leg. Use the small tip for engines
with timing dimensions of between top dead center (T.D.C.)
and .050" (1.27 mm) before top dead center (B.T.D.C.).
Use the large tip for engines with timing dimensions of
between .051" (1.295 mm) B.T.D.C. to .150" (3.81 mm)
B.T.D.C. Make sure to secure the extender leg in position
to locate the tip directly over the piston head. Loosen the
screw on the side of the adaptor sleeve to allow the sleeve
to be turned into the threads of the spark plug hole, not the
entire dial indicator. This will ensure the proper location of
the tip. Once the adapter sleeve is secured in the hole,
tighten screw on sleeve adaptor to prevent the dial from
moving up or down, which would give a false reading (diag.
22).
ARM
PIVOT
POINTS
21
DIAL SCREW
SLEEVE
SLEEVE
SCREW
22
Find T.D.C. with both valves closed by rotating the
crankshaft clockwise when looking at the magneto end of
the crank, until the needle on the dial stops and reverses
direction. Where the needle stops is T.D.C. Loosen the
screw on the dial, and rotate the dial so that zero is lined
up with the needle at T.D.C. Tighten the screw on the dial
to secure it in place (diag. 23).
While watching the needle on the dial indicator, rotate the
crankshaft counterclockwise when looking at the magneto
end of the crank, .010" (.254 mm) past the B.T.D.C.
dimension. Then rotate the crankshaft clockwise to the
proper B.T.D.C. dimension, this will take out any slack
between the connecting rod and crankshaft assembly.
IGNITION
CAM
CRANKSHAFT
DIAL AT 0"
23
DIAL AT
.080"
(2.032 mm)
DIAL AT
.090"
(2.286 mm)
Example: If the specification of .080" (2.032 mm) is the
B.T.D.C. dimension, rotate the crankshaft counterclockwise so that the needle on the dial indicator travels to
.090" (2.286 mm) B.T.D.C. (diag. 24), then rotate the
crankshaft clockwise so that the needle travels to the
specified dimension of .080" (2.032 mm) B.T.D.C. (diag.
25).
24
25
Next, if the original breaker points are being used,
disconnect the leads from the point terminal. Reinstall the
nut & tighten. Connect one lead of a continuity light, or
ohmmeter to the point terminal and the other lead to a
good ground. Loosen the two bolts holding down the stator
and rotate the stator until the continuity light or ohmmeter
indicates a break in the circuit. Torque down the stator
bolts while maintaining the stator plate position and the
timing procedure is completed. Reconnect the leads on
the point terminal and tighten the nut making sure that the
leads do not touch the flywheel (diag. 26).
26
(continued on top of next page)
69
Before putting the dust cover back on the points box, clean
the points by sliding lint free paper back and forth between
the contacts. Manually, open the points when removing
the paper to eliminate paper fibers from remaining between
the contact points (diag. 27).
LINT FREE PAPER
Fixed Timed System (External coil)
This system has the contact points and condenser mounted
under the flywheel with the laminations and coil mounted
outside the flywheel. This system is identified by the square
hole in the stator, the round configuration of the coil, and
on older coils, the word "Grey Key" is stamped on the coil
to identify the proper flywheel key to be used. When
ordering an external coil for replacement from Tecumseh
Products, a solid state module will be received as a
replacement. The new module will be supplied with the
proper flywheel key (diag. 28).
27
Torque down the stator bolts to secure the stator in place.
Next, rotate the crankshaft until the point arm is resting on
the high side of the ignition cam. Set the point gap at .020"
(.508 mm), by loosening the screw on the movable point,
and insert a .020" (.508 mm) feeler gauge between the
contact points (diag. 29). Tighten the screw on the movable
point and then recheck the point gap. Be sure to clean
contact points with lint free paper (diag. 27).
28
NOTE: The flywheel key used on engines with an external
coil and points looks similar to the solid state key, however,
timing will be effected if the wrong key is used.
Reinstall the proper flywheel key, flywheel, washer and
torque down the flywheel nut to specification. Reinstall the
external coil and set the proper air gap to .0125" (.3175
mm) using air gap gauge, part # 670297 between the
magnets and laminations and torque the mounting screws
to specification. Remove the air gap gauge and rotate the
flywheel to check for any possible striking points. If none
are found, the air gap is set correctly and the timing
procedure is completed (diag. 30).
Solid State Ignition Timing
Timing is set using a .0125" (.3175 mm) air gap gauge
(Part No. 670297). Loosen the two hold-down screws, insert
the .0125" (.3175 mm) remove semi-color gauge between
the laminations and the magnet on the flywheel. Slide the
solid state ignition assembly against the air gap gauge
and the flywheel magnet. Torque the two hold down screws
to the correct specification and remove the air gap gauge.
Rotate the flywheel one full revolution to check for any
possible striking points. If none are found, the air gap is
set correctly and the timing procedure is completed (diag.
30).
70
29
.0125
(.3175 mm)
30
Other Solid State Systems
The following systems are located under the flywheel. All
components are encapsulated into one module. No timing
is necessary with this type (diag. 31, 32, 33).
Check the system by checking for a spark or use a
commercially available test equipment.
SERVICE TIPS
DO NOT:
31
Interchange flywheels, flywheel keys, spark plugs,
condensers, or points. (Some systems do not use
standard points and condensers.)
Use flywheels with cooling fins that are broken off.
Reglue ceramic magnets back onto the inside of the
flywheel.
Re-oil the cam wiper in a magneto system.
Use a standard business card as an air gap gauge.
File the contact points.
Attempt to reglue the spark plug lead back into a coil
or a solid state module.
Store a solid state module within 20 feet (6.1 meters)
of an unshielded welder.
32
PLEASE DO:
Follow directions carefully.
Lookup the correct ignition dimensions in the proper
mechanic's manual or quick reference chart, for the
engine being repaired.
Clean points with lint free paper after setting gap.
Reinstall the point terminal nut and tighten after
removing leads, before timing procedure.
Remember to correctly TIME a Tecumseh engine, even
when just changing points on a magneto system.
Remember to use correct air gap gauge.
Check for correct flywheel key which effects timing.
33
71
CHAPTER 9 INTERNAL ENGINE AND CYLINDER
GENERAL INFORMATION
This chapter covers the cylinder block, piston and rod assemblies, cylinder head, crankshaft, camshaft, valve train,
breather, cylinder cover, flywheel, counterbalance systems, and lubrication systems. The governors and the governor
systems are covered in Chapter 4.
All Tecumseh engines covered in this manual are four cycle engines with the valves in the engine block. The crankshaft
position is designated as either horizontal or vertical as the engine rests on its base. The engines identified by decals or
model as XL (Extra Life) or XL/C (Extra Life / Commercial ) are made using aluminum alloy diecast around a cast iron
cylinder liner. However, not all engines with cast iron cylinder liners are identified as XL or XL/C. Engine blocks of the
heavy frame series (HH, VH) are made of cast iron. All other engines use aluminum alloy for the cylinder block along with
pistons that are chromium plated.
OPERATION
4-CYCLE ENGINE THEORY
All 4-cycle engines require four piston strokes to complete
one power cycle. The flywheel on one end of the crankshaft
provides the inertia to keep the engine running smoothly
between power strokes.
The camshaft gear is twice as large as the mating gear on
the crankshaft so as to allow proper engine valve timing for
each cycle. The crankshaft makes two revolutions for every
camshaft revolution.
1. INTAKE. The intake valve is open and the exhaust valve
is closed. The piston is traveling downward creating a
low pressure area, drawing the air-fuel mixture from
the carburetor into the cylinder area above the piston
(diag. 1).
INTAKE
COMPRESSION
1
2
2. COMPRESSION. As the piston reaches Bottom Dead
Center (BDC) the intake valve closes. The piston then
rises, compressing the air-fuel mixture trapped in the
combustion chamber (diag. 2).
3. POWER. During this piston stroke both valves remain
closed. As the piston reaches the Before Top Dead
Center (BTDC) ignition point, the spark plug fires,
igniting the air-fuel mixture. In the time it takes to ignite
all the available fuel, the piston has moved to Top Dead
Center (TDC) ready to take the full combustive force of
the fuel for maximum power during downward piston
travel. The expanding gases force the piston down
(diag. 3).
4. EXHAUST. The exhaust valve opens. As the piston
starts to the top of the cylinder, the exhaust gases are
forced out (diag. 4).
After the piston reaches Top Dead Center (TDC), the four
stroke process will begin again as the piston moves
downward and the intake valve opens.
72
POWER
3
EXHAUST
4
LUBRICATION SYSTEMS
The lubrication system used with all Tecumseh horizontal
crankshaft engines covered in this manual utilize a splash
type system. An oil dipper on the connecting rod splashes
oil in the crankcase to lubricate all internal moving parts.
Some engines have the dipper as an integral part of the
connecting rod assembly, while others have a dipper that
is bolted on with one of the rod bolts (diag. 5).
All vertical shaft engines use a positive displacement
plunger oil pump or rotary type oil pump. Oil is pumped
from the bottom of the crankcase, up through the camshaft
and over to the top main bearing. Oil under pressure
lubricates the top crankshaft main bearing and camshaft
upper bearing (diag. 6).
On all Tecumseh vertical shaft 4-cycle engines, the oil is
sprayed out under pressure through a small hole between
the top camshaft and crankshaft bearing to lubricate the
piston, connecting rod, and other internal parts (diag. 7).
The plunger style oil pump is located on an eccentric on
the camshaft. As the camshaft rotates, the eccentric moves
the barrel back and forth on the plunger forcing oil through
the hole in the center of the camshaft. The ball on the end
of the plunger is anchored in a recess in the cylinder cover
(diag. 8).
DIPPER
5
SPRAY
MIST HOLE
CRANKSHAFT
PASSAGE
PLUG
MAIN BEARING OIL
GROOVE
CRANKSHAFT
OIL PASSAGE
CURRENT
(TVM195, 220)
CAMSHAFT
DRILLED
CAMSHAFT
PASSAGE
BARREL TYPE
LUBRICATION
PUMP
6
ASSEMBLE PUMP BARREL
WITH INSIDE CHAMFER
TOWARD CAMSHAFT GEAR
SPRAY
MIST HOLE
OIL DRAIN
HOLE
7
8
COUNTERBALANCE SYSTEMS
Some Tecumseh engines may be equipped with an UltraBalance® counterbalance system. This system uses a
single weighted shaft that is driven off the crankshaft. The
shaft's function is to counteract the imbalance caused by
the counterweights on the crankshaft and the combustion
forces (diag. 9).
DRIVE GEAR
COUNTERBALANCE
SHAFT
GOVERNOR
FLANGE
CAMSHAFT
9
73
COMPONENTS
The cylinder block houses the piston, valves and along with the cylinder cover all the internal components. The block is
a one piece diecast aluminum alloy or cast iron cylinder casting (diag. 10).
The piston transmits the force of the burning and expanding gases through the connecting rod to the crankshaft.
The piston rings provide the seal between the cylinder wall and the piston. The rings keep the combustion pressures
from entering the crankcase and also wipe the oil off the cylinder wall and return it to the sump.
The connecting rod assembly is the link between the piston (piston pin) and the crankshaft.
The cylinder head is a one piece aluminum alloy or cast iron casting that is bolted to the top of the cylinder block. The
many fins provide cooling for the engine.
The crankshaft converts the up and down piston movement to the rotational force (torque) by an offset crankpin or rod
journal.
The camshaft lobes raise and lower the lifters at the proper time to allow air and fuel in and exhaust out of the cylinder.
Teeth on the camshaft gear time the camshaft to the crankshaft.
The valves allow air-fuel mixture to enter the cylinder and exhaust gases to exit. The valves provide a positive seal when
closed.
The valve springs return the valves to the closed position and must be strong enough to maintain valve lifter and cam
lobe contact. The valve retainers lock the spring to the valve stem.
The valve lifters maintain contact on the camshaft and push the valves open.
The crankcase breather is a one way check valve that allows air out and prevents air from coming in. It allows the engine
to develop a partial vacuum in the crankcase during operation.
The cylinder cover (or flange on verticals) provides the bearing surface for the power take off (P.T.O.) end of the crankshaft
and camshaft. This bolted on cover is removed to provide access to all internal components.
The oil pump (vertical shaft only) consists of a steel plunger and a nylon housing that rides on the camshaft eccentric.
The flywheel provides the mass to smooth the effects of one power stroke every other crankshaft revolution. Flywheels
are made of aluminum alloy or cast iron. The flywheel fins act as a fan to cool the engine.
CYLINDER COVER
CYLINDER HEAD
CYLINDER BLOCK
PISTON RINGS
VALVES
PISTON
CONNECTING
ROD
VALVE SPRINGS
CRANKCASE BREATHER
VALVE LIFTERS
CRANKSHAFT
74
CAMSHAFT
FLYWHEEL
10
ENGINE OPERATION PROBLEMS
ENGINE KNOCKS
OVERHEATS
Associated equipment loose or
improperly adjusted
Excessive engine loading
Check for excessive carbon in
combustion chamber
Low oil level or wrong viscosity oil
Dirty carburetor or air filter
Loose flywheel, examine key,
keyway, and proper flywheel nut
torque
Cooling air flow, obstructed or
clogged cooling fins
Carburetor improperly adjusted
Carburetor improperly adjusted or
improper RPM setting
Governor sticking, binding or
improper RPM setting
Incorrect spark plug
or Ignition timing
Carburetor linkage, shafts or
shutters sticking or binding
Carbon in the combustion chamber
Incorrect spark plug or Intermittent
spark, check ignition
Incorrect spark plug or Ignition
timing
Loose or worn connecting rod
Worn cylinder
SURGES OR RUNS UNEVENLY
Fuel cap vent obstructed
Incorrect or damaged flywheel key
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
Oil level above full
Lean carb setting causing
overheating (adjustable carb)
Piston rings worn
Wrong viscosity oil
Worn or glazed cylinder
Excessive engine speed
Valve guides worn excessively
Engine cooling fins dirty causing
overheating
Valve guides worn excessively
Breather damaged, dirty or
improperly installed
Damaged gaskets, seals or
"O" rings
75
ENGINE OPERATION PROBLEMS
ENGINE MISFIRES
ENGINE VIBRATES EXCESSIVELY
BREATHER PASSING OIL
Wrong or fouled spark plug
Bent crankshaft
Oil level too high
Carburetor improperly adjusted
Attached equipment out of balance
Excessive RPM or improper governor
setting
Valves sticking or not seating properly
Loose mounting bolts
Damaged gaskets, seals or "O" rings
Incorrect spark plug or
Ignition timing
If applicable counter balance not
properly aligned
Breather damaged, dirty or improperly
installed
Excessive carbon build up
Piston rings not properly seated or ring
end gaps are aligned
Improper Valve Lash or
Weak valve springs
Angle of operation too severe
LACKS POWER
Air intake obstructed
Lack of lubrication or improper
lubrication
Carburetor improperly adjusted
Exhaust Obstructed
Improper valve lash
Loss of compression (worn rings,
blown head gasket)
76
TESTING
ENGINE KNOCKS
1. Check the blade hub, blade adapter, or crankshaft coupler for loose fit, loose bolts, or crankshaft key damage.
Remove, inspect, replace if necessary. Reinstall and re-torque the bolts to the proper torque.
2. Check the flywheel key and the flywheel and crankshaft keyway for wear or partial shearing. Replace if any damage
is evident. Tighten the flywheel nut to the proper torque.
3. Check for the correct ignition module air gap or the correct timing (point ignition). Replace the points and condenser
if the points show any wear, oil, or pitting.
4. Remove the cylinder head and check for excessive carbon in the combustion chamber. Also check for the correct
head gasket used, and check the spark plug for proper reach and heat range (correct spark plug for the engine).
5. Check for the proper valve lash using a feeler gauge, and check the internal components (piston, cylinder, connecting
rod, crankshaft journal) for excessive clearance.
ENGINE OVERHEATS
1. Make sure the engine is not being overloaded. Remove excess load (sharpen blades, limit operation speed, process
less material).
2. Check the oil level and viscosity. Add or replace as necessary.
3. Check for clogged cooling fins or obstructions to the air flow. Remove the blower housing, clean and reinstall.
4. Check the carburetor for correct adjustment or remove and clean the carburetor using tag wire and compressed air.
See Chapter 3 under "Service."
5. Check the engine R.P.M. setting using a vibratach or other tachometer and compare it to the R.P.M. settings found
on microfiche card #30 according to the engine model and specification number. Adjust as necessary.
6. Make sure the correct spark plug is being used. Check the ignition timing. See Chapter 8 "Ignition - Service." Correct
flywheel key or partially sheared key.
7. Remove the cylinder head to check for excessive carbon buildup. Clean as necessary.
SURGES OR RUNS UNEVENLY
1. Check the fuel cap to make sure it is venting. Loosen the cap and retry engine operation.
2. Replace or clean the air filter.
3. Check the carburetor adjustment or clean the carburetor. See Chapter 3 under "Service."
4. Check the engine R.P.M. setting using a vibratach or other tachometer and compare it to the R.P.M. settings found
on microfiche card #30 according to the engine model and specification number. Adjust as necessary.
5. Visually check all linkages. Check the governor shaft, throttle shaft, or pivot points for binding.
6. Check the ignition module operation using a gap type tester inserted in the high tension lead. Check for intermittent
spark, incorrect spark plug, or a fouled condition.
ENGINE MISFIRES
1. Check the spark plug for the proper application or a fouled condition. Replace if questionable.
2. Reset the carburetor following the adjustment procedure or clean the carburetor. See Chapter 3 under "Service."
3. Check the ignition timing. See Chapter 8 under "Service."
4. Check for carbon buildup in the combustion chamber.
5. Inspect the valves and valve seats for leakage. Check for scoring or discoloration on the valve stem in the valve guide
area. Recut the valves and seats if questionable. See "Valve Service" in this chapter.
(continued on top of next page)
77
ENGINE VIBRATES EXCESSIVELY
1. Check the engine crankshaft on the PTO end for bends using a straight edge, square or a dial indicator. Blades or
adapters must be removed. Any deflection will cause a vibration problem.
2. Check the engine mounting bolts, make sure they are tight.
3. Remove and check the attached equipment for an out of balance condition.
4. If the engine is equipped with a counterbalance shaft, check the gear timing to determine if the counterbalance is out
of time.
BREATHER PASSING OIL
1. Check the oil level, make sure the engine is not overfilled. Also verify that the viscosity rating on the container of the
oil being used is to specification.
2. Check the angle of operation. Avoid prolonged use at a severe angle.
3. Check the engine R.P.M. setting for excessive R.P.M. using a vibratach or other tachometer and compare it to the
R.P.M. settings found on microfiche card # 30 according to the engine model and specification number. Adjust the
high and low R.P.M. as necessary.
4. Check for leaking or damaged gaskets, seals, or "O"-rings. External leaks may not be evident; however, the leak
may prevent the engine from achieving a partial crankcase vacuum.
5. Check the breather for damage, dirty condition, or improper installation. The oil return hole(s) must face down.
6. Check the engine compression using a compression tester. If the engine has weak compression, determine the
cause of weak compression: worn rings, leaking head gasket, or leaking valves. Follow the compression tester's
procedure.
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION
1. Check the oil level, oil viscosity on the container of the oil being used, and oil condition. Replace and fill to the proper
level.
2. Check the angle of operation. Avoid prolonged use at a severe angle.
3. Check for leaking or damaged gaskets, seals, or "O"-rings. External leaks may not be evident, however, the leak
may prevent the engine from achieving a partial crankcase vacuum.
4. Check the engine R.P.M. setting using a vibratach or other tachometer and compare it to the R.P.M. settings found
on microfiche card #30 according to the engine model and specification number. Adjust as necessary.
5. Check the breather for damage, dirty condition, or improper installation. The oil return hole(s) must face down.
6. Clean the cooling fins to prevent overheating.
7. Check the carburetor setting causing a lean running condition, overheating the engine.
8. Check the engine compression using a compression tester. If the engine has weak compression, determine the
cause of weak compression: worn rings, leaking head gasket, or leaking valves. Follow the compression tester's
procedure.
9. Check the valve guide clearance for excessive wear.
LACKS POWER
1. Check the air intake for an obstruction (dirty filter, oil saturated filter, other debris).
2. Check the oil level, oil viscosity on the container of the oil being used and oil condition. Replace and fill to the proper
level.
3. Readjust the carburetor or remove the carburetor for cleaning. See Chapter 3 under "Service."
4. Check the exhaust for a restriction preventing proper exhaust flow.
78
(continued on top of next page)
5. Check the engine valve lash. Reset the valves at the proper lash.
6. Check the valves for proper seating and valve guide lash. Recondition the valves and seats. Replace the valves if
necessary.
7. Check the ignition timing. Check the flywheel key for partial shearing.
PRESS IN AND LIFT
HERE TO RELEASE
COVER
COVER BEZEL
SERVICE
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
The following procedures apply to most engine models.
Actual procedure may vary.
1. Disconnect the high tension lead from the spark plug.
Remove the spark plug.
2. Drain the oil from the crankcase. Drain or shut off the
fuel supply.
3. Remove the air cleaner assembly.
MODEL AND
D.O.M. NUMBER
DECAL
LOCATED
UNDER COVER
(IF SO EQUIPPED)
4. Remove the fuel tank if it is attached to the engine.
Fuel tanks may be held on with bolts, screws, or some
models require taps upward with a soft face hammer
loosening the plastic tank wedged in the blower housing
slots.
11
SOCKET WRENCH
FLYWHEEL
On some LEV engine models, removal of the bezel
cover is necessary to view the engine identification
or to provide access to the recoil assembly screws.
Push in toward the spark plug end (as shown), lift up
to clear the recoil, then pull the cover away from the
spark plug to remove. (diag. 11)
5. Remove the blower housing by first unscrewing the
screw holding the dipstick tube to the blower housing
or unscrewing the dipstick tube and removing the
remaining bolts on the blower housing.
6. Unplug the ignition kill wire from the terminal on top of
the ignition module and unbolt the ignition module.
7. Remove the flywheel nut, washer, and starter cup. Use
a strap wrench (part # 670305) to hold the flywheel
from turning (diag. 12). Thread the appropriate flywheel
knock-off tool part # 670103, (7/16") or part # 670169
(1/2") on the crankshaft until it bottoms out, then backoff one complete turn. Using a large screwdriver, lift
upward under the flywheel and tap sharply and squarely
on the knock-off tool to break the flywheel loose. If
necessary, rotate the flywheel a half turn and repeat
until it loosens (diag. 13). A flywheel puller (part #
670306) may be used on engines with cored holes
and also on flywheels with holes drilled and tapped
(diag. 14).
FLYWHEEL
TOOL
METAL HAMMER
12
KNOCK OFF TOOL
SCREWDRIVER TO
RAISE FLYWHEEL
13
NOTE: DO NOT USE A JAW TYPE PULLER.
8. Remove the flywheel key, stator, and baffle plate.
9. Remove the muffler.
10. Remove the intake pipe and the carburetor. Be careful
not to bend or damage the linkage when removing.
Mark the hookup points or diagram the linkage
arrangement to aid in reassembly.
11. Remove the cylinder head.
12. Remove the crankcase breather.
14
(continued on top of next page)
79
13. Remove the cylinder cover or mounting flange using a seal protector positioned in the seal to prevent seal damage.
The crankshaft must be free of rust or scale to slide the cover off the crankshaft. H30-HS50 horizontal crankshaft
engines with ball bearings on the crankshaft require the oil seal and the snap ring to be removed prior to the cylinder
cover removal. On engines equipped with 8 1/2:1 gear reduction, turn the crankshaft to roll the reduction shaft gear off
the crankshaft worm gear when removing the cylinder cover (diag. 15, 16, 17, 18).
1. PTO
Shaft
2. Thin
Washer
6. Retainer
3. Gear
4. Tang 5. Thick
Washer
Washer
OIL SLEEVE TOOL
MOUNTING FLANGE
OIL SEAL
17
15
OIL SEAL REMOVED
WORM GEAR
16
14. Remove the internal components. Align the timing
marks on all engines except VM70, 80, 100, HHM80,
HM70, 80, 100, TVM170, 195, 220 to relieve valve lifter
pressure. On these engines it is necessary to rotate
the camshaft clockwise three (3) teeth past the aligned
position to allow the compression release mechanism
to clear the exhaust valve lifter and to allow the
camshaft to be removed (diag. 19 & 20).
SNAP RING
BEVELED TOOTH
CRANKSHAFT
GEAR
18
TIMING MARK
CAMSHAFT GEAR
19
15. Remove the lifters, rod cap, and balance shaft or gears
if applicable.
16. Before removing the piston, remove any carbon from
the top of the cylinder bore to prevent ring breakage.
Push the piston out the top of the cylinder bore.
17. Remove the valves by using a valve spring compressor
to compress the valve spring and rotate the valve spring
retainer to allow the valve stem to pass through. Lift
the valves out of the cylinder block. Remove the spring
assemblies being careful to note the differences, the
original placement of the springs and the presence of
seals. Reinstall the spring assemblies on the same
valve in the reverse order as they are removed.
80
EXHAUST CAM
ROLL PIN
CAM GEAR
SPRING
INTAKE CAM
PLUNGER (COMPRESSION RELIEF PIN)
20
CYLINDERS
Visually check the cylinder for broken or cracked fins or a scored cylinder bore. Check the main bearings for wear or
scoring. If the main bearings are worn or scored they can be replaced on some models. See "Crankshaft Bearing Service"
in this chapter.
Use a dial bore gauge or telescoping gauge with a micrometer to accurately measure the cylinder bore. Measure in the
piston travel area approximately 1/2 to 3/4 of an inch (12.7 to 19.05 mm) from the top and the bottom . Measure at 90
degrees to the piston pin, 45 degrees to the piston pin, and even with the piston pin as the piston would appear when
assembled. A rigid hone is recommended to "true" any cylinder irregularities. If the cylinder bore is worn more than .005"
(.127 mm) oversize, out of round or scored, it should be replaced or re-sized to .010 or .020 oversize (.254 mm or .508
mm). In some cases engines are built with oversize cylinders. If the cylinder is oversize, the oversize value will be
imprinted in the top of the cylinder (diag. 23).
To re-size a cylinder, use a commercially available hone of the proper size. Chuck the hone in a drill press with a spindle
speed of about 600 R.P.M.
Start with coarse stones and center the cylinder under the drill press spindle. Lower the hone so the lower end of the
stones contacts the lowest point in the cylinder bore.
Rotate the adjusting nut so that the stones touch the cylinder wall and begin honing at the bottom of the cylinder. A light
honing oil should be used to lubricate and cool while honing. Move the hone up and down at a rate of 50 strokes per
minute to avoid putting ridges in the cylinder wall. Every fourth or fifth stroke, move the hone far enough to extend the
stones one inch beyond the top and bottom of the cylinder
bore.
Check the bore diameter every twenty or thirty strokes for
size and a 35o - 45o crosshatch pattern. If the stones collect
metal, clean the stones with a wire brush when the hone is
removed. (diag. 21).
Hone with the coarse stones until the cylinder bore is within
.002 inch (.051 mm) of the desired finish size. Replace the
coarse stones with finishing stones and continue honing
the cylinder to the final size. Tecumseh recommends using
a 390 grit hone for finishing.
Clean the cylinder and crankcase with soap and water and
dry thoroughly.
21
TRENCHING
GAPS
Replace the piston and the piston rings with the correct
oversize parts as indicated in the parts manual.
Trenching has been incorporated in the cylinders of the
H50, H60, HHM80, and HM100 series of engines, as well
as the TVM125,140, and 220 models. Trenching improves
air/fuel flow and results in increased horsepower in these
engines. When reinstalling the piston, rings, and rod
assembly in these engines, stagger the ring end gaps and
place the ring end gaps out of the trenched area. This will
prevent the rings from possibly catching the trenched area
and breaking during assembly (diag. 22).
GAPS
STAGGER RING END GAPS AWAY FROM TRENCHING
22
INDICATES
.010 OVERSIZE
CYLINDER
23
81
CYLINDER HEADS
8
Check the cylinder head for warpage by placing the head
on a precision flat surface. If warped in excess of .005"
(.13 mm) replace the head. Slight warpage can be corrected
by placing a sheet of #400 wet /dry sandpaper on a precision
flat surface and rubbing the head gasket surface in a circular
pattern until the entire gasket surface shows evidence of
sanding. A small amount of honing oil on the sandpaper
will make it easier to slide the head. Always replace the
head gasket and torque the head bolts in 50 inch pound
increments in the numbered sequence to 200 inch pounds
(22.5 Nm) (diag. 24 & 25).
Engine models V50, H50, H60, H70, VH50, VH60, VH70
require a flat and a belleville washer on bolts numbered 1,
3, and 7. Current production HM80 and HM100 use flat
washers only on bolts numbered 2 and 3 in conjunction
with the gas tank mounting bolts. All other head bolts on
HM80 and HM100 use a flat and a belleville washer on
each bolt.
4
6
2
1
5
7
3
ALL MODELS EXCEPT HM,VM, TVM170,195,220
24
BELLEVILLE WASHER
5
(CROWN TOWARD
9
BOLT HEAD)
7
1
3
2
FLAT
WASHER
8
4
TVM170,195,220,VM & HM MODEL ENGINES
6
25
INDICATES .010
OVERSIZE PISTON
Engine models V60, V70, TVM125, 140, 195, 220 require
a flat washer and a belleville washer on all head bolts.
PISTONS, RINGS, AND CONNECTING RODS
Piston
The piston should be checked for wear by measuring at
the bottom of the skirt 90 degrees from the piston pin hole
with a micrometer. Check the ring side clearance using a
feeler gauge with new ring. Clean all carbon from the piston
top and the ring grooves before measuring. Visually inspect
the piston skirt area for scoring or scratches from dirt
ingestion. If scoring or deep scratches are evident, replace
the piston.
If the cylinder bore needs re-sizing, an oversize piston will
be necessary. Oversize pistons are identified by the
imprinted decimal oversize value imprinted on the top of
the piston (diag. 26).
Rings
After the cylinder bore diameter has been checked and is
acceptable to rebuild, the ring end gap should be checked
using new rings. Place a new compression ring squarely
in the center of the ring travel area. Use the piston upside
down to push the ring down (diag. 28) and measure the
gap with a feeler gauge. The ring end gap must be within
the specification to have adequate oil control (diag. 29).
This procedure will assure correct piston ring end gap
measurement. Ring side clearance should also be checked
with a feeler gauge when using new rings with an old piston
(diag. 27).
PISTON MEASUREMENTS ARE TAKEN AT
BOTTOM OF SKIRT 900 FROM WRIST PIN HOLE
26
1ST COMPRESSION RING
SIDE CLEARANCE
2ND
COMPRESSION
RING
CYLINDER
3RD OIL
CONTROL RING
27
PISTON
PISTON RING
28
Replace the rings in sets and install the piston, rings, and
rod assembly in the cylinder bore with the ring end gaps
staggered. When installing new rings in a used cylinder,
the cylinder wall should be de-glazed using a commercially
available de-glazing tool or hone.
29
82
(continued on top of next page)
Use a ring expander to remove and replace the rings. Do
not spread the rings too wide or breakage will result.
CHAMFER
1ST COMPRESSION RING
If the top compression ring has an inside chamfer, this
chamfer must face UP. The second compression ring will
have either an inside chamfer or an outside notch. The rule
to follow is an inside chamfer always faces up. An outside
notch (diag. 31) will face down or towards the skirt of the
piston.
2ND COMPRESSION RING
3RD OIL
CONTROL RING
30
The oil control ring can be installed with either side up. The
expander (if equipped) end gap and the ring end gap should
be staggered.
EMISSION RINGS
1ST COMPRESSION RING
Emission Rings
2ND COMPRESSION RING
Used on TVS, LEV, H35, VLV, HM80 and TVXL195
engines that comply with emission standards. These rings
have a narrower width and a different profile (barrel faced).
Barrel faced rings may be installed in either direction. The
underside of the oil control ring utilizes a coil type expander.
These rings conform better to the cylinder allowing for better
oil control by wiping the cylinder wall cleaner. The coiled
expander ring helps create a more uniform load on the
cylinder wall which gives a more consistent distribution of
oil. NOTE: The use of these rings on a standard nonemission piston will cause ring breakage due to its wider
ring grooves.
Connecting Rods
Some engine models have offset piston pins (not centered)
to centralize the combustion force on the piston. Engine
models LAV50, HM70, HM80, HHM80, HM100,
TVM170,195, 220, have offset pistons. When installing the
connecting rod to the piston it is imperative that the rod be
installed correctly. The piston used on these models will
have either an arrow stamped above the piston pin hole, a
number cast on the inside of the piston skirt or an arrow
stamped on the top of the piston (diag. 32 & 33). All other
engine models use a centered piston pin. If the piston does
not have an arrow or number cast inside, the piston can be
installed in either direction on the connecting rod. On all
engine models, the match marks on the connecting
rod must align and face out when installing the
assembly in the engine (diag. 34 & 35).
3RD OIL
CONTROL RING
31
SHORT SIDE OF ROD
LONG SIDE OF ROD
CASTING NUMBER
ARROW
DIRECTION
VM70, VM100, HM70-100, V80, H80, HHM80, AND TVM SERIES
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD ASSEMBLIES
32
ARROW POINTS
TOWARD THE
VALVES
WRIST PIN
MATCH MARKS
TVM220 PISTON AND ROD
The arrow on the top of the piston must point toward the
valves when installing it in the cylinder (diag. 33). The inside
casting number (if present) must face toward the long side
of the connecting rod. If there is an arrow on the side of the
piston, the arrow must point toward the short side of the
connecting rod. (diag. 32).
On horizontal shaft engines, oil dippers are attached to
the bottom connecting rod bolt. Some engines have the oil
dipper cast in the rod cap. Consult the specification chart
for the proper rod bolt torque when installing the cap. The
rod bolts should be torqued in 50 inch pound (5.5 Nm)
increments until the specified torque is achieved.
33
MATCH
MARKS
MATCH MARKS
(either location)
34
35
83
CRANKSHAFTS AND CAMSHAFTS
BEVEL
CHAMFER TOOTH
Inspect the crankshaft visually and with a micrometer for
wear, scratching, scoring, or out of round condition. Check
for bends on the P.T.O. end using a straight edge, square
or a dial indicator.
CAUTION: NEVER TRY TO STRAIGHTEN A
BENT CRANKSHAFT.
CRANKSHAFT GEAR
PUNCH MARK
CAMSHAFT
GEAR TIMING
MARK
SMALL
HOBBING HOLE
The timing marks on the camshaft and the crankshaft gears
must be aligned for proper valve timing. (diag. 36 & 37).
36
Camshafts
CRANKSHAFT
Check the camshaft bearing surfaces for wear using a
micrometer. Inspect the cam lobes for scoring or excessive
wear. If a damaged camshaft is replaced, the mating
crankshaft and governor gear should also be replaced. If
the crankshaft gear is pressed on it is not serviceable and
the crankshaft must also be replaced.
Clean the camshaft with solvent and blow all parts and
passages dry with compressed air, making sure that the
pins and counterweights are operating freely and smoothly
on mechanical compression relief types.
GEAR
KEYWAY
SMALL HOBBING
HOLE
CAMSHAFT
GEAR
37
Camshafts used in rotary mower engines utilize a composite
gear (glass filled nylon) for the purpose of reducing internal
gear noise.
Mechanical Compression Release (MCR) camshafts have
a pin located in the camshaft, that extends over the exhaust
cam lobe, to lift the valve and relieve the engine compression
for easier cranking. When the engine starts, centrifugal
force moves the weight outward and the pin will drop back
down. The engine will now run at full compression (diag.
38).
COMPRESSION
RELEASE
MECHANISM
Some engines are equipped with Bump Compression
Release (BCR) camshafts that have a small bump ground
on the exhaust lobe of the camshaft to relieve compression
(diag. 39).
Newer camshafts are designated as Ramp Compression
Release (RCR) and utilize a less aggressive ramp than
what is used on the BCR camshaft.
38
EXHAUST
LEV Exhaust Mechanical Compression
Release (MCR) Cam Bushing Service
(Used in production October 1999)
INTAKE
39
Removal
1. Place an LEV cylinder in a soft jawed vice and using a
nonmetallic mallet, tap a #6 easy-out into the bushing
so the easy-out makes a solid contact with the cam
bushing.
2. Turn counterclockwise until the easy-out goes into the
bushing a sufficient amount so that the bushing can be
removed without the easy-out releasing. Spin the
bushing counterclockwise with the easy-out while pulling
for removal. CAUTION: Cam bushings should never be
reused.
3. Blow compressed air down the top main bearing oil
galley to the top cam bearing. This will clean any plastic
particles that might have entered into the passage from
the cam bushing removal procedure. Rinse cylinder in
a parts tank, then lubricate the cam bearing pocket
with oil.
84
AIR FROM
TOP MAIN
BEARING
OIL GALLEY
CAM
BUSHING
INSTALLED
Þ
40
Installation
PLACE BUSHING
1. Lube the small end of the LEV/VSK camshaft and a
new cam bushing liberally with oil. (Never reuse cam
bushings once removed).
LEV/VSK
CAMSHAFT
WITH EXHAUST
MCR
2. With the strength of your hand, place a new cam
bushing on the corresponding end of the camshaft and
press the bushing into the cam until flush with the
casting.
VALVES
41
The valves should be checked for proper clearance, sealing,
and wear. Valve condition is critical for proper engine
performance. Valve clearance should be checked before
removal from the engine block if a valve problem is
suspected or when the valves or seats are recut.
No.6
Valve clearance (between the valve stem and valve lifter)
should be set or checked when the engine is cold. The
piston should be at T.D.C. on the compression stroke (both
valves closed).
Use a valve grinder or "V" block to hold the valve square
when grinding the valve stem to obtain the proper clearance
(diag. 43).
When servicing the valves, all carbon should be removed
from the valve head and stem. If the valves are in a usable
condition, the valve face should be ground using a valve
grinder to a 45 degree angle. If after grinding the valve face
the margin is less than 1/32 of an inch (.793 mm), the
valve should be replaced (diag. 43).
CAM
BUSHING
Install the valves into the guides making sure the correct
valve is in the proper port. The valve stem must pass through
the upper valve cap and spring. Hook the valve spring
retainer on the groove in the valve stem and release the
spring tension to lock the cap in place. Early models may
have a pin through the valve stem. Compress the spring
and cap and use a needle nose pliers to insert the pin in
the valve stem hole. Release the spring and check that
the pin is locked under the cap.
Emissionized engines have a valve stem seal on the intake
valve which prevents excess oil vapor from entering the
combustion chamber. This vapor would produce an
unsatisfactory exhaust emission and fail today's CARB
and EPA emission standards.
Tecumseh's position on emissionized engines is that
oversized valves are not necessary. The emissionized valve
with the valve stem seal should last the life of the engine.
Therefore, seals for oversized valves do not exist for our
small frame engines. Replacement of this seal is necessary
if valves have been removed for service.
EASY-OUT
42
MARGIN
FACE
1/32"
(.793 mm)
450
FACE
Valves are not identical. Valves marked "EX" or "X" are
installed in the exhaust valve location. Valves marked "I"
are installed in the intake valve location. If the valves are
unmarked, the nonmagnetic valve (head) is installed in the
exhaust valve location.
To reinstall the valves, position the valve caps and springs
in the valve compartment. If the spring has dampening coils,
the valve spring should be installed with the dampening
coils away from the valve cap and retainer (diag. 44).
LEV/VSK
CAMSHAFT
WITH EXHAUST
MCR
WRONG
MINIMUM
DIMENSION
STEM
RIGHT
43
SPRING MUST BE SQUARE
DAMPENING COILS
LOCATED CLOSER
TOGETHER
44
INTAKE VALVE STEM SEAL (EMISSIONIZED ENGINES)
45
NOTE: If the spring has dampening coils, they always go
toward the stationary surface.
85
Valve Seats
Valve seats are not replaceable. If they are burned, pitted, or distorted they can be reground using a grinding stone or a
valve seat cutting tool. Valve seats are ground to an angle of 46 degrees. Check the specifications section for proper
width.
The recommended procedure to properly cut a valve seat is to use the Neway Valve Cutting System, which consists of
three different cutters. LEV engines have a small combustion chamber and require the use of a special Neway cutter
#103 for the 46 and 31 degree combination cutter. The 60 degree cutter is Neway cutter #101. The tapered pilots required
are; Neway #100-1/4-1 for the .249 (6.325 mm) exhaust guide, and Neway #100-1/4 for the .250 (6.35 mm) intake guide.
Consult the cutter's complete procedure guide for additional information.
NOTE: The valve seats are cast into the engine block at a slight angle on the LEV engines. When reconditioning valve
seats on the LEV engine, the seat cutter will make simultaneous contact with the seat and the aluminum portion of the
engine block. There is no detrimental effect to performance or life of the valve seat or block from the procedure if done
correctly.
First, use the 60 degree cutter to cut the bottom narrowing/angle. The more of bottom narrowing that is removed the
higher the contact surface will be on the valve face (closer to the margin diagram 46).
Second, use the 31 degree cutter to cut the top narrowing/angle. The more of top narrowing that is removed the lower the
contact surface will be on the valve face (away from the margin diagram 47).
Lastly, use the 46 degree cutter to cut the middle angle which is where the valve will contact the valve seat (diagram 48).
Consult the specifications pages for specific valve seat width dimensions by engine model.
BOTTOM
NARROWING
CUTTER
TOP
NARROWING
CUTTER
150
SEAT CUTTER
310
460
FINALCUT
600
BOTTOM
NARROWING
SEAT
SEAT
46
48
47
Valve Lifters
The valve lifters on some engines are different lengths. The shorter lifter is installed in the intake position and the longer
lifter is installed in the exhaust position. When removing, mark the lifters to install the lifter in the same position as it was
removed from.
Oversize Valve Guides (Pre-emmisionized Engines)
The valve guides are permanently installed in the cylinder block. If they get worn excessively, they can be reamed
oversize to accommodate a 1/32" (.793 mm) oversize valve stem.
The guides should be reamed oversize with a straight shanked hand reamer or low speed drill press. Refer to the "Table
of Specifications" (Chapter 10) to determine the correct oversize dimension. Reamers are available through your local
Tecumseh parts supplier. Consult the tool section in Chapter 11 for the correct part numbers.
The upper and lower valve spring caps must be redrilled to accommodate the oversize valve stems.
After oversizing the valve guides, the valve seats must be recut to align the valve seat to the valve guide.
CRANKCASE BREATHERS
TUBE
The breather element and case can be cleaned using
cleaning solvent. Make sure the small drain hole or holes
are clean and installed facing down, so as to allow oil to
return back into the crankcase.
Top Mounted Breather
This type of breather is mounted in the top and rear of the
cylinder block in vertical shaft engines. The check valve
allows positive pressure to be vented through the element
and out the tube. Some engines have the breather tube
connected to the air cleaner assembly (diag. 49).
86
CHECK VALVE
ELEMENT
BAFFLE
OIL RETURN
PRESSURE OUT
49
Late production top mounted breathers use the rubber boot
and breather tube as a push in design. Mark or note the
location of the breather tube. Use a large flat blade
screwdriver to pry the boot up and lift the breather assembly
out. Be careful not to drop the breather body out of the
rubber boot when removing (diag. 50).
A new breather tube boot is recommended for replacement
to assure proper crankcase seal. Apply engine oil to the
breather tube boot and push the breather in until the top
shoulder of the boot contacts the crankcase.
50
Side Mounted Breather
COVER GASKET
This type of breather mounts over the valve compartment
and uses a reed style check valve. Most horizontal shaft
engines use this style of breather. The filter element is
held in place by a small barb in the cover. To remove the
filter, insert a knife blade between the filter element and
the barb, and depress the filter element (diag. 51).
GASKET
BODY
REED
Some engine models have two gaskets installed next to
the cylinder block. If two gaskets were originally installed,
replace them using two gaskets (diag. 52).
BODY
FILTER
DRAIN
HOLE
GASKET
COVER
TUBE
51
Integral Breather
Some ECV engines are equipped with breathers that are
part of the cylinder block. Venting is accomplished through
passages drilled in the block to route the air flow to the
outside (diag. 53).
GASKET
52
BAFFLE
COVER
RETURN HOLE
COVER PLATE
ONE WAY
DISC VALVE
GASKET
IDENTIFICATION
PLATE
WELCH
PLUG
ONE WAY
DISC VALVE
RETURN
HOLE
BAFFLE
53
CYLINDER COVER, OIL SEAL, AND BEARING SERVICE
Cylinder Cover
The following procedures, except oil seal replacement, require engine disassembly. See "Disassembly Procedure" in
this chapter.
Clean and inspect the cover, look for wear and scoring of the bearing surfaces. Measure the bearing surface diameters
using a micrometer and check the specifications for worn or damaged parts. Replace as necessary.
When reinstalling the cover, apply a drop of Loctite 242 to the cover screw threads and re-torque to the recommended
specification. Always use new oil seals and gaskets after disassembly.
87
Oil Seal Service
NOTE: BEFORE REMOVING THE OIL SEAL, CHECK TO
SEE IF THE SEAL IS RAISED OR RECESSED. WHEN
INSTALLING A NEW OIL SEAL, TAP IT INTO POSITION
GENTLY UNTIL IT IS SEATED INTO ITS BOSS. SOME
SEALS ARE NOT POSITIONED FLUSH TO THE
CYLINDER COVER. ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL THE SEAL
TOO FAR IN CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE OIL SEAL
AND ENGINE.
OIL SEAL REMOVER
TOOL: POSITIONED FOR
REMOVAL OF OIL SEAL
OIL SEAL
If the crankshaft is removed from the engine, remove the
old oil seals by tapping them out with a screwdriver or punch
from the inside. If the crankshaft is in place, remove the
seal by using the proper oil seal puller (diag. 54).
54
OIL SEAL
DRIVER 670272
Select the proper seal protector and driver from the tool list
in Chapter 11 to install a new oil seal. Place the oil seal
over the protector (spring side of seal faces inward) and
place it over the crankshaft. Drive the seal into position
using the universal driver part no. 670272. The seal protector
will insure that the seal is driven in to the proper depth
(diag. 55).
OIL SEAL
OIL SEAL DRIVER
PROTECTOR
CRANKSHAFT BEARING SERVICE
55
Ball Bearing Service (H40-HM100 engines)
To remove the ball bearing from the cylinder cover, the
bearing locks will have to be rotated out of the way. First
loosen the locking nuts with a socket. Turn the retainer
bolts counterclockwise to the unlocked position with a
needle nose pliers (diag. 56). The flat side of the retainer
will face away from the bearing in the unlocked position
(diag. 57).
UNLOCKED
When reinstalling the locks, the flat side must face the
bearing while the locking nuts should be torqued to
15-22 inch pounds (1.695 - 2.486 Nm).
LOCKED
To remove a ball bearing from the crankshaft, use a bearing
splitter and a puller (diag. 58).
When installing the ball bearing to the crankshaft, the
bearing must be heated by either using a hot oil bath or
heat lamp to expand the bearing. This will allow the bearing
to slide on the crankshaft with no interference fit. Be careful
to use adequate protection handling the hot ball bearing.
The bearing and the thrust washer must seat tightly against
the crankshaft gear.
P.T.O. BALL BEARING
INTERIOR OF COVER
FLAT
TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE TO UNLOCK
BALL
BEARING
FLAT
56
TURN CLOCKWISE
TO LOCK
EXTERIOR OF COVER
57
PULLER
BEARING
SPLITTER
58
88
COUNTERBALANCE SERVICE
To correctly align the Ultra-Balance® system, rotate the
piston to top dead center (TDC) and insert the
counterbalance shaft into its boss in the cylinder block
with the arrow on the gear pointing toward the crankshaft.
DRIVE GEAR
GOVERNOR
Slide the drive gear on the crankshaft, making sure the
drive gear is located on the crankshaft key and that the
arrow on the drive gear is aligned with the arrow on the
gear on the counterbalance shaft (diag. 59 & 60).
CAMSHAFT
FLANGE
59
KEYWAY
COUNTER
BALANCE
SHAFT
DRIVE
GEAR
60
FLYWHEEL SERVICE
POLYPROPYLENE
PORTION OF
FLYWHEEL
Some Tecumseh engines have polypropylene fans that are
replaceable. A damaged fan can be replaced by tapping
on the outside portion of the fan until it separates from the
iron portion of the flywheel (diag. 61).
A new fan may be installed by heating the polypropylene
fan in a pan of boiling water. Suspend the fan off the bottom
of the pan while heating. Using adequate protection, install
the hot fan to the flywheel. Make sure the fan locators fit
into the hub area of the flywheel.
Flywheel magnets are factory installed and permanently
bonded to the flywheel. If the magnets are damaged or
lose their magnetic strength, the flywheel must be replaced.
IRON WHEEL
61
89
CHAPTER 10
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
The engine specifications listed on the following
pages include tolerances that are considered
acceptable to achieve normal engine operation.
Observed values inside the listed tolerance range
are satisfactory and require no adjustments.
90
FOUR CYCLE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
The torque specifications listed in this chart are to be used for replacing components after disassembly, not for
checking an existing engine bolt torque. Checking a torque value on a new or used engine may be lower due to
torque relaxation that occurs on all engines from thermal expansion and contraction. However, sufficient clamping
force exists and a re-torque is not necessary.
Lo catio n
in. lb s. ft. lb s.
Nm
ALL
TVXL
TVS
ALL
TNT
ALL
ECV
ALL
LAV
H, V,
HH,
VH
30-40
HSSK
HS
TVM HSK
125, H50140 60
X
Cyl. He ad Bo lts
200
16.5 22.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
Co nn. Ro d Bo lts
105
8.5
11.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
Co nn. Ro d Bo lts
170
14
19
Co nn. Ro d Bo lts
210
17.5
24
Cyl. Co ve r o r
Flang e
115
9.5
13
Cyl. Co ve r o r
Flang e (Po we rlo k)
125
10.5
14
Flywhe e l Nut
(Aluminum)
450
37.5
51
Flywhe e l Nut
475
40
54
Flywhe e l Nut
(Cast iro n)
550
46
62
Flywhe e l Nut
630
52.5
71
Flywhe e l Nut
Ext. Ig n.
700
58
79
Sp ark Plug
250
21
28.5
X
X
X
X
Ig n. Mo unting
(Dire ct to Cylind e r)
45
4
5
X
X
X
X
Ig n. Mo unting
(Dire ct to Cylind e r)
90
7.5
10
Ig n. Mo unting
(Stud to Cylind e r)
35
3
4
X
X
Ig n. Mo unting
(to Stud )
45
4
5
X
X
Intake Pip e to
Cylind e r
95
8
11
X
X
Intake Pip e to
Cylind e r
110
9
11.5
X
X
Intake Pip e to
Cylind e r
120
10
13.5
X
X
Carb ure to r to
Intake Pip e
70
6
8
Carb . Ad ap te r
to Cylind e r
85
7
9.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
V50
V60
V70
X
VM
TVM &
TVXL HMSK HH,
HSK 170, HMXL VH LEV
H70 195,220 HM 50-70 VSK
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
91
FOUR CYCLE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - CONTINUED
The torque specifications listed in this chart are to be used for replacing components after disassembly, not for
checking an existing engine bolt torque. Checking a torque value on a new or used engine may be lower due to
torque relaxation that occurs on all engines from thermal expansion and contraction. However, sufficient clamping
force exists and a re-torque is not necessary.
Lo catio n
in. lb s. ft. lb s. Nm
ALL
TVXL
TVS
ALL
TNT
ALL
ECV
ALL
LAV
H, V,
HH,
VH
30-40
HSSK
HS
TVM HSK, V50
125, H50- V60
140 60 V70
V80
VM
TVM &
TVXL
170, HMSK HH,
HSK 195, HMXL VH LEV
H70
220
HM 50-70 VSK
Muffle r Mo unting
Sho uld e r Scre w
100
8.5
11.5
X
X
X
Muffle r
Mo unting No
Sho uld e r Scre w
20
2
2.5
X
X
X
Muffle r Mo unting
(Pancake )
37.5
3
4
Muffle r Mo unting
(Lo ck Tab s)
72.5
6
8
X
Muffle r Mo unting
(HTL)
87.5
7.5
10
X
Muffle r Mtg .
120
10
13
Muffle r Mtg .
Flang e d
80
6.5
9
Muffle r Mtg .
Sho uld e r Bo lt
110
9
12.5
Mag ne to Stato r
To Cylind e r
65
5.5
7.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
22.5
2
2.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
Re co il Starte r
(To p Mo unt)
50
4
5.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Re co il Starte r
(Sid e Mo unt
Plastic)
85
7
9.5
X
X
X
Re co il Starte r
(Sid e Mo unt
Me tal)
60
5
7
X
X
X
5.5
7.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Re co il Starte r To p
Mo unt & 8-32
Thre ad Fo rming
Ele ctric Starte r
To Cylind e r
65
Ele ctric Starte r
To Cylind e r
95
8
11
Ele ctric Starte r
To Cylind e r
155
13
17.5
92
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD POINT IGNITION
All models have point setting of .020" (.508 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
LAV25, LAV30
TVS75-90
Prior to 8/1987,
H25, H30-1982 &
Prior
Me tric
U.S.
mm
H 30
(1983 Serial no.)
Me tric
U.S.
mm
LAV35, H35
(1982 & prior)
Me tric
U.S.
mm
H 35
(1983 Serial no.)
Me tric
U.S.
mm
E C V 100
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
7.75
127.02
9.06
148.50
9.06
148.50
9.52
156.03
9.98
163.57
Stroke
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.836
1.938
49.225
1.844
46.838
Bore
2.3125
2.3135
58.738
58.763
2.5000
2.5010
63.5
63.525
2.5000
2.5010
63.5
63.525
2.5000
2.5010
63.5
63.525
2.6250
2.6260
66.675
66.700
Timing Dim. B.T.D.C.
0.065
1.651
0.035
.889
0.065
1.651
0.035
.889
0.035
.889
Valve Clearance
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
Valve Seat Width Exhaust
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
Crankpin Journal Dia.
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
Camshaft Journals
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
2.3092
2.3100
58.654
58.674
2.4952
2.4960
63.378
63.398
2.4952
2.4960
63.378
63.398
2.4952
2.4960
63.378
63.398
2.6202
2.6210
66.553
66.573
Piston Pin Diameter
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.001
.004
.025
.102
.0025
.0043
.064
.109
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.007
.017
.8755
.8760
.178
.432
22.238
22.250
.007
.017
1.0005
1.0010
.178
.432
25.413
25.425
.007
.017
.8755
.8760
.178
.432
22.238
22.250
.007
.017
1.0005
1.0010
.178
.432
25.413
25.425
.007
.017
.8755
.8760
.178
.432
22.238
22.250
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
Intake
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
Piston Skirt
Clearance
Ring End Gap
Cylinder Main Brg.
Cylinder
Cover / Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
93
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD POINT IGNITION (CONT.)
All models have point setting of .020" (.508 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
T N T 100
Me tric
U.S.
mm
V40-V40B,
V H 40, H 40,
H H 40
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
9.98
163.57
11.04
180.95
10.49
Stroke
1.844
46.838
2.250
57.15
Bore
2.6250
2.6260
66.675
66.700
2.5000
2.5010
Timing Dim. B.T.D.C.
0.035
.889
Valve Clearance
.004
.008
E C V 105
Me tric
U.S.
mm
ECV110
Me tric
U.S.
mm
171.93
10.5
172.10
11.5
188.49
1.938
49.23
1.938
49.23
1.938
49.23
63.500
63.525
2.6250
2.6260
66.675
66.700
2.6250
2.6260
66.675
66.700
2.7500
2.7510
69.85
69.88
0.050
1.27
0.035
.889
0.035
.889
0.035
.889
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
Crankpin Journal Dia.
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
1.0615
1.0620
26.962
26.975
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9990
.9995
25.375
25.387
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Camshaft Journals
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
25.413
25.425
.4975
.4980
25.413
25.425
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
1.0630
1.0635
27.000
27.013
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
12.637
12.649
1.0005
1.0010
12.637
12.649
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
2.6202
2.6210
66.553
66.573
2.4945
2.4950
63.360
63.373
2.6202
2.6210
66.553
66.573
2.6202
2.6210
66.553
66.573
2.7450
2.7455
69.723
69.736
Piston Pin Diameter
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
Valve Seat Width
94
LAV40, TVS105,
H S 40, T V X L 105
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Intake
Exhaust
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
Piston Skirt
Clearance
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0055
.0070
.140
.178
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0045
.0060
.114
.152
Ring End Gap
.007
.017
.178
.432
.007
.017
.178
.432
.007
.017
.178
.432
.007
.017
.178
.432
.007
.017
.178
.432
Cylinder Main Brg.
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Cylinder
Cover / Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD POINT IGNITION
All models have point setting of .020" (.508 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
LAV50, TVS120,
H S 50
Me tric
U.S.
mm
T N T 120
E C V 120
Me tric
U.S.
mm
V 50,
VH50*,TVM125
H 50, H H 50*
Me tric
U.S.
mm
V 60,
VH60*,TVM140
H 60, H H 60*
Me tric
U.S.
mm
V70, VH70*,
VM70
H 70, H H 70*
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
12.04
197.34
12.04
197.34
12.18
199.63
13.53
221.76
15.04
246.51
Stroke
1.938
49.23
1.938
49.23
2.25
57.15
2.5
63.5
2.532
64.31
Bore
2.8120
2.8130
71.425
71.450
2.8120
2.8130
71.425
71.450
2.6250
2.6260
66.675
66.700
2.6250
2.6260
66.675
66.700
2.7500
2.7510
69.85
69.88
Timing Dim. B.T.D.C.
0.035
.889
0.035
.889
0.080
2.032
0.080
2.032
0.080
2.032
Valve Clearance
.004
.010
.035
.045
.102
.254
.889
1.143
.004
.010
.035
.045
.102
.254
.889
1.143
.008
.012
.042
.052
.203
.305
1.067
1.321
.008
.012
.042
.052
.203
.305
1.067
1.321
.008
.012
.042
.052
.203
.305
1.067
1.321
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.027
.005
.027
no te C
.127
.027
.005
.027
no te C
.127
.027
.005
.027
no te C
.127
.027
Crankpin Journal Dia.
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
1.0615
1.0620
26.962
26.975
1.0615
1.0620
26.962
26.975
1.1860
1.1865
30.124
30.137
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Camshaft Journals
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover / Flange
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.712
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0630
1.0635
27.000
27.013
1.0630
1.0635
27.000
27.013
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
2.8072
2.8080
71.303
71.323
2.8072
2.8080
71.303
71.323
2.6210
2.6215
66.573
66.586
2.6210
2.6215
66.573
2.6215
2.7450
2.7455
69.723
69.736
Piston Pin Diameter
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.004
.051
.102
.002
.004
.051
.102
.002
.003
.051
.076
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.002
.004
.051
.102
.002
.004
.051
.102
.001
.003
.025
.076
Piston Skirt
Clearance
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.089
.127
.178
.432
.007
.017
.178
.432
.254
.508
.254
.508
.0045
.0060
no te B
.010
.020
.114
.152
.007
.017
.0035
.0050
no te A
.010
.020
.089
.127
Ring End Gap
.0035
.0050
no te A
.010
.020
Cylinder Main Brg.
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Cylinder
Cover / Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Valve Seat Width
Intake
Exhaust
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
.254
.508
* Notes: (A) VH50, 60 .0015/.0055 (.038/.140mm) (B) VH70 .0038/.0073 (.097/.185 mm) (C) VH, HH50-70 Models .003/.031 (.762/.787 mm)
95
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD POINT IGNITION (Cont.)
All models have point setting of .020" (.508 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
TVM170, HM70
Me tric
U.S.
mm
V80, VM80*,
H70*, HM80*
Me tric
U.S.
mm
VM80*, TVM195,
HM80*, HHM80
Me tric
U.S.
mm
VM100, HM100
Me tric
U.S.
mm
TVM220, HM100
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
17.17
281.42
18.65
305.67
19.43
no te A
318.46
20.2
333.08
21.82
357.63
Stroke
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
Bore
2.9375
2.9385
74.613
74.638
3.0620
3.0630
77.775
77.800
3.1250
3.1260
79.375
79.400
3.1870
3.1880
80.950
80.975
3.3120
3.3130
84.125
84.150
Timing Dim. B.T.D.C.
0.090
2.286
0.090
2.286
0.090
2.286
0.090
2.286
0.090
2.286
Valve Clearance
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
1.067
2.383
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.042
.0938
no te B
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
Crankpin Journal Dia.
1.1860
1.1865
30.124
30.137
1.1860
1.1865
30.124
30.137
1.1860
1.1865
30.124
30.137
1.1860
1.1865
30.124
30.137
1.1860
1.1865
30.124
30.137
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
1.1870
1.1875
30.150
30.163
1.1870
1.1875
30.150
30.163
1.1870
1.1875
30.150
30.163
1.1870
1.1875
30.150
30.163
1.1870
1.1875
30.150
30.163
Camshaft Journals
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
2.9325
2.9335
74.486
74.511
3.0575
3.0585
77.661
77.686
3.1195
3.1205
79.235
79.261
3.1815
3.1825
80.810
80.836
3.3090
3.3105
84.049
84.087
Piston Pin Diameter
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6873
.6875
17.457
17.463
.6873
.6875
17.457
17.463
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
Piston Skirt
Clearance
.004
.006
.102
.152
.0035
.0055
.089
.140
.0045
.0065
.114
.175
.0045
.0065
.114
.175
.0015
.0040
.038
.102
Ring End Gap
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
Cylinder Main Brg.
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Cylinder
Cover / Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
1.1890
1.1895
30.201
30.213
1.1890
1.1895
30.201
30.213
1.1890
1.1895
30.201
30.213
1.1890
1.1895
30.201
30.213
1.1890
1.1895
30.201
30.213
Valve Seat Width
Intake
Exhaust
* Check to determine bore size
Notes: (A) VM & HM80 - Displacement 19.41 (318 cc), (B) H70 Exhaust Valve Seat Width .052"
96
SOLID STATE AND EXTERNAL IGNITION
All solid state models have air gap settings of .0125" (.3175 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
T V S 75
Prior to 8/87
Me tric
U.S.
mm
T V S 90
Me tric
U.S.
mm
U.S.
Me tric
mm
V 40, T V S 105,
H S 40
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
7.75
127.02
9.06
148.50
9.52
156.03
10.49
171.93
9.98
163.57
Stroke
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.838
1.938
49.225
1.938
49.225
1.844
46.838
Bore
2.3125
2.3135
58.738
58.763
2.500
2.501
63.500
63.525
2.500
2.501
63.500
63.525
2.625
2.626
66.675
66.700
2.625
2.626
66.675
66.700
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
Crankpin Journal Dia.
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
.9995
1.0000
25.387
25.400
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
Camshaft Journals
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
2.3092
2.3100
58.654
58.674
2.4952
2.4960
63.738
63.398
2.4952
2.4960
63.738
63.398
2.6202
2.6210
66.553
66.573
2.6202
2.6210
66.553
66.573
Piston Pin Diameter
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.0005
.0035
.013
.089
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
Piston Skirt
Clearance
.0025
.0043
.064
.109
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
Ring End Gap
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
Cylinder Main Brg.
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Cylinder
Cover / Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
SPECIFICATIONS
Valve Clearance
Valve Seat Width
Intake
Exhaust
H 35
T V S 100, E C V 100,
T N T 100
Me tric
U.S.
mm
97
SOLID STATE AND EXTERNAL IGNITION
All solid state models have air gap settings of .0125" (.3175 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
TVS/ TVXL115
57000 Series
ONLY
Me tric
U.S.
mm
T V S 105
56000 Series
TVS/TVXL 115
57000 A & later
Me tric
U.S.
mm
T V S 120
J & later
HS50 H & later
HSSK 50-55 N &
later
Me tric
U.S.
mm
LAV50,TVS120
HS50 G & earlier
HSSK50 M & earlier
Me tric
U.S.
mm
VH50, TVM125
H 50, H H 50
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
11.44
187.50
11.32
185.53
11.9
195.04
12.04
197.34
12.18
199.63
Stroke
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.838
1.938
49.23
1.938
49.23
2.250
57.15
Bore
2.812
2.813
71.425
71.450
2.795
2.796
70.993
71.018
2.795
2.796
70.993
71.018
2.812
2.813
71.425
71.450
2.625
2.626
66.675
66.700
Valve Clearance
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.008
.012
.203
.305
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.2807
.2817
7.130
7.155
.3432
.3442
8.717
8.743
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
Crankpin Journal Dia.
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.9995
1.000
25.387
25.400
.9995
1.000
25.387
25.400
1.0615
1.0620
26.962
26.975
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
.8735
.8740
22.187
22.200
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Camshaft Journals
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.4975
.4980
12.637
12.649
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
.8620
.8625
21.895
21.908
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0630
1.0635
27.000
27.013
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
2.8072
2.8080
71.303
71.323
2.790
2.791
70.866
70.891
2.790
2.791
70.866
70.891
2.8072
2.8080
71.303
71.323
2.6212
2.6220
66.578
66.599
Piston Pin Diameter
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.5628
.5630
14.295
14.300
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
Piston Skirt
Clearance
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0040
.0058
.102
.147
.0030
.0048
.076
.122
Ring End Gap
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
.010
.020
.254
.508
Cylinder Main Brg.
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Cylinder
Cover/Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Valve Seat Width
98
Intake
Exhaust
SOLID STATE AND EXTERNAL IGNITION
All solid state models have air gap settings of .0125" (.3175 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
L E V 80
L E V 100
V S K 100
LEV115
L E V 120
U.S.
Me tric
mm
U.S.
Me tric
mm
U.S.
Me tric
mm
U.S.
Me tric
mm
U.S.
Me tric
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
7.75
127.02
9.98
163.57
9.98
163.57
11.32
185.53
11.90
195.04
Stroke
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.838
1.844
46.838
1.938
49.23
Bore
2.311
2.312
58.750
2.625
2.626
66.675
66.700
2.625
2.626
66.675
66.700
2.795
2.796
70.993
71.018
2.795
2.796
70.993
71.018
Valve Clearance
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
.004
.008
.102
.203
Valve Seat Width Exhaust
.035
.045
.889
1.143
.066
.086
1.676
2.184
.066
.086
1.676
2.184
.066
.086
1.676
2.184
.066
.086
1.676
2.184
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
.2505
N/A
6.363
N/A
.2505
N/A
6.363
N/A
.2505
N/A
6.363
N/A
.2505
N/A
6.363
N/A
.2505
N/A
6.363
N/A
Crankshaft End Play
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
.005
.027
.127
.686
Crankpin Journal Dia.
.8610
.8615
21.869
21.882
.9995
1.000
25.837
25.400
.9995
1.000
25.837
25.400
.9995
1.000
25.837
25.400
.9995
1.000
25.837
25.400
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
Camshaft Journals
.8735
.8740
.4975
.4980
22.187
22.200
12.637
12.649
.9985
.9990
.4975
.4980
25.362
25.375
12.637
12.649
.9985
.9990
.4975
.4980
25.362
25.375
12.637
12.649
.9985
.9990
.4975
.4980
25.362
25.375
12.637
12.649
.9985
.9990
.4975
.4980
25.362
25.375
12.637
12.649
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
.4999
.5005
12.675
12.713
Cam Journal
Bushing End
.3725
.3730
no te A
.376
.378
no te A
.8620
.8625
9.462
9.474
9.462
9.474
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
25.413
25.425
25.451
25.464
25.413
25.425
25.413
25.425
2.309
2.310
.5628
.5630
58.649
58.674
14.295
14.300
2.620
2.622
.5628
.5630
66.548
66.599
14.295
14.300
1.0020
1.0025
no te B
2.620
2.622
.5628
.5630
.3725
.3730
no te A
.376
.378
no te A
1.0005
1.0010
9.462
9.474
9.550
9.601
.3725
.3730
no te A
.376
.378
no te A
1.0005
1.0010
9.462
9.474
21.895
21.908
.3725
.3730
no te A
.376
.378
no te A
1.0005
1.0010
66.548
66.599
14.295
14.300
2.790
2.792
.5628
.5630
70.866
70.917
14.295
14.300
2.790
2.792
.5628
.5630
70.866
70.917
14.295
14.300
.0011
.0043
.028
.109
.005
Max.
.127
.005
Max.
.127
.005
Max.
.127
.005
Max.
.127
.001
.004
.025
.102
.0035
Max.
.089
.0035
Max.
.089
.0035
Max.
.089
.0035
Max.
.089
.0025
.0045
.005
.013
1.0005
1.0010
.064
.114
.127
.330
25.413
25.425
.003
.006
.005
.024
1.0005
1.0010
.076
.152
.127
.610
25.413
25.425
.003
.006
.005
.024
1.0005
1.0010
.076
.152
.127
.610
25.413
25.425
.003
.006
.005
.024
1.0005
1.0010
.076
.152
.127
.610
25.413
25.425
.003
.006
.005
.024
1.0005
1.0010
.076
.152
.127
.610
25.413
25.425
.8755
.8760
22.238
22.250
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
Intake
Cam Bushing
Inside Diameter
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
Piston Pin Diameter
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
Piston Skirt
Clearance
Ring End Gap
Cylinder Main Brg.
Cylinder
Cover/Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
9.550
9.601
9.550
9.601
9.550
9.601
Note A - LEV's built after 10-99 have the new Exhaust MCR Camshaft which require the bushing.
Note B - VSK100 - Connecting Rod Diameter is larger than LEV models.
99
SOLID STATE AND EXTERNAL IGNITION
All solid state models have air gap settings of .0125" (.3175 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
V70, VH70,H70,
H S K 70,
HH70, TVM170 (E)
MODEL
Me tric
U.S.
mm
TVM170 Models
F & UP ), HM70
Models
(E & up)
Me tric
U.S.
mm
SPECIFICATIONS
H S K 60
VH60, TVM140,
H 60, H H 60
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
13.53
221.76
15.04
246.51
17.17
281.42
17.17
281.42
19.43
318.46
Stoke
2.500
63.5
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
Bore
2.625
2.626
66.675
66.700
2.750
2.751
69.85
69.88
2.9375
2.9385
74.613
74.638
2.9375
2.9385
74.613
74.638
3.125
3.126
79.374
79.400
Valve Clearance
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.008
.012
.203
.305
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
.042
.052
1.067
1.321
8.717
8.743
.127
.686
.3432
.3442
.005
.027
8.717
8.743
.127
.686
.3432
.3442
.007
.029
8.717
8.743
.178
.737
.3432
.3442
.007
.029
8.717
8.743
.178
.737
26.962
26.975
25.362
25.375
.3432
.3442
.005
.027
No te (A)
1.1862
1.1865
.9985
.9990
8.717
8.743
.127
.686
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
.3432
.3442
.005
.027
No te (A)
1.0615
1.0620
.9985
.9990
30.129
30.137
25.362
25.375
1.1860
1.1865
.9985
.9990
30.124
30.137
25.362
25.375
1.3740
1.3745
1.3745
1.3750
34.900
34.912
34.912
34.925
1.3740
1.3745
1.3745
1.3750
34.900
34.912
34.912
34.925
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
.9985
.9990
25.362
25.375
1.1870
1.1875
30.150
30.163
1.3745
1.3750
34.912
34.925
1.3745
1.3750
34.912
34.925
Camshaft Journals
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
1.0630
1.0635
27.000
27.013
1.0630
1.0635
27.000
27.013
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
34.950
34.963
66.578
66.599
2.6212
2.6220
No te (E)
66.578
66.599
2.9325
2.9335
74.486
74.511
74.486
74.511
1.3760
1.3765
No te (F)
3.1195
3.1205
34.950
34.963
2.6212
2.6220
No te (D)
1.3760
1.3765
No te (F)
2.9325
2.9335
79.235
79.261
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.0030
.0048
No te (B)
.076
.122
.0030
.0048
No te (C)
.076
.122
.004
.006
.102
.152
.004
.006
.102
.152
.0045
.0065
.114
.165
.010
.020
1.0005
1.0010
.254
.508
25.413
25.425
.010
.020
1.0005
1.0010
.254
.508
25.413
25.425
.010
.020
1.0005
1.0010
.254
.508
25.413
25.425
.010
.020
1.3765
1.3770
.254
.508
34.963
34.976
.010
.020
1.3765
1.3770
.254
.508
34.963
34.976
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.0005
1.0010
25.413
25.425
1.1890
1.1895
30.200
30.213
1.3765
1.3770
34.963
34.976
1.3765
1.3770
34.963
34.976
Valve Seat Width
Intake
Exhaust
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
Crankshaft End Play
Crankpin Journal Dia.
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
Piston Pin Diameter
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
Piston Skirt
Clearance
Ring End Gap
Cylinder Main Brg.
Cylinder
Cover/Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
HM70
(Models ending
in C)
Me tric
U.S.
mm
HM70
(Models ending
in D)
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Notes: (A) VH, HH50-70 models .003/.031 (.762/.787 mm) (B) VH, HH50-60 .0015/.005 (.038/.140 mm) (C) VH, HH70 .0038/.0073 (.097/.185
mm) (D) VH, HH50-60 2.6235/2.6205 (66.637/66.561 mm) (E) VH, HH70 2.7462/2.7437 (69.754/69.69 mm) (F) After Serial Number 9274
1.3775/1.3780 (34.989/35.001 mm)
100
SOLID STATE AND EXTERNAL IGNITION (Cont.)
All solid state models have air gap settings of .0125" (.3175 mm), spark plug gap of .030" (.762 mm), valve seat angle of 460.
All U.S. dimensions are in inches.
SPECIFICATIONS
HMSK80
VM80*, TVM195
(A-K), HM80**
Me tric
U.S.
mm
Displacement (in³) (cc)
19.43
318.46
19.43
318.46
21.82
357.63
21.82
357.63
Stroke
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
2.532
64.31
Bore
3.125
3.126
.008
.012
79.375
79.400
.203
.305
3.125
3.126
.008
.012
79.375
79.400
.203
.305
3.312
3.313
.008
.012
84.125
84.150
.203
.305
3.312
3.313
.008
.012
84.125
84.150
.203
.305
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
.042
.0938
1.067
2.383
.3432
.3442
.007
.029
8.717
8.743
.178
.737
.3432
.3442
.007
.029
8.717
8.743
.178
.737
.3432
.3442
.007
.029
8.717
8.743
.178
.737
8.717
8.743
.178
.737
1.1860
1.1865
.9985
.9990
1.1870
1.1875
30.124
30.137
25.362
25.375
30.150
30.163
1.3740
1.3745
1.3745
1.3750
1.3745
1.3750
34.900
34.912
34.912
34.925
34.912
34.925
1.1860
1.1865
.9985
.9990
1.1870
1.1875
30.124
30.137
25.362
25.375
30.150
30.163
.3432
.3442
.007
.029
No te (B)
1.3740
1.3745
1.3745
1.3750
1.3745
1.3750
34.900
34.912
34.912
34.925
34.912
34.925
Camshaft Journals
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
.6230
.6235
15.824
15.837
Camshaft Bearings
Cylinder & Cover /
Flange
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
.6245
.6255
15.862
15.888
Connecting Rod
Diameter Crank Bearing
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
1.3760
1.3765
No te (A)
34.950
34.963
1.1880
1.1885
30.175
30.188
1.3760
1.3765
No te (A)
34.950
34.963
Piston Diameter
Bottom Of Skirt
3.1195
3.1205
79.235
79.261
3.1195
3.1205
79.235
79.261
3.3090
3.3105
84.049
84.087
3.3098
3.3108
84.069
84.094
Piston Pin Diameter
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6247
.6249
15.867
15.872
.6873
.6875
17.457
17.463
.6873
.6875
17.457
17.463
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
1st & 2nd Comp.
.002
.005
.051
.127
.002
.005
.051
.127
.0015
.0035
.038
.039
.0015
.0035
.038
.039
Ring Groove
Side Clearance
Bottom Oil
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.001
.004
.025
.102
.0045
.0065
.010
.020
1.0005
1.0010
.144
.165
.254
.508
25.413
25.425
.0045
.0065
.010
.020
1.3765
1.3770
.144
.165
.254
.508
34.963
34.976
.0015
.0040
.010
.020
1.0005
1.0010
.038
.102
.254
.508
25.413
25.425
.0012
.0032
.010
.020
1.3765
1.3770
.030
.081
.254
.508
34.963
34.976
1.1890
1.1895
30.200
30.213
1.3765
1.3770
34.963
34.976
1.1890
1.1895
30.200
30.213
1.3765
1.3770
34.963
34.976
Valve Clearance
Valve Seat Width
Intake
Exhaust
Valve Guide
Oversize Dim.
Crankshaft End Play
Crankpin Journal Dia.
Crankshaft Mag.
Main Brg. Dia.
Crankshaft P.T.O.
Main Brg. Dia.
Piston Skirt
Clearance
Ring End Gap
Cylinder Main Brg.
Cylinder
Cover/Flange Main
Bearing Diameter
HM80**, HM90,
HMSK80-90, TVM195
(L & up), TVXL195
Me tric
U.S.
mm
TVM220 (A-F),
HM100**
Me tric
U.S.
mm
HMSK100, HMSK110
TVM220 (G & up),
TVXL220, HM100**
Me tric
U.S.
mm
* Check to detemine bore size
Notes: (A) After Serial Number 9274 1.3775/1.3780 (34.989/35.001 mm) (B) TVM 220 Ultra Balance .002/.042 (.153/2.184 mm)
** Check to determine crankshaft bearing diameters
101
CHAPTER 11
EDUCATIONAL MATERIALS AND TOOLS
AVAILABLE TECHNICIAN'S HANDBOOKS
692508
Covers the diagnosis and repair of Tecumseh 2-cycle
engines. Except the TC Engine and TVS840.
692509
Covers the diagnosis and repair of the Tecumseh 4-cycle
light/medium frame engines.
691462A
Covers the diagnosis and repair of Tecumseh 4-cycle
large frame engines.
691218
Covers the diagnosis and repair of Peerless® power train
components.
694782
Contains technical information for the repair of the TC series,
2-cycle engines.
694988
Contains diagnosis and technical information for the repair
of TVS840, HSK/HXL845/850, 2-cycle engines.
695244A
Covers the diagnosis and repair of the OVRM/OVM/OHM/
OHV 4-cycle overhead valve engines.
695578
Covers the diagnosis and repair of the Vector Series,
4cycle engines.
AVAILABLE FOREIGN TECHNICIAN'S HANDBOOKS
694732 Spanish
This manual covers the following models:
VH80, VH100, HH80, HH100, HH120, OH120-180
Model numbers are located on the engine shroud.
695555 Spanish
Covers the diagnosis and repair of the Tecumseh 4-cycle
light/medium frame engines.
695657 German
Covers the diagnosis and repair of the Tecumseh 4-cycle
light/medium frame engines.
695562 French
Covers the diagnosis and repair of the Tecumseh 4-cycle
light/medium frame engines.
VIDEO PROGRAMS
695015
Carburetor Troubleshooting. Covers identification of
carburetors used on Tecumseh engines and how to
troubleshoot and repair them. VHS only.
695059
Understanding Tecumseh Ignition Systems. A basic
program designed to give the small engine technician first
hand knowledge of Tecumseh ignition systems so the
technician can understand the system and perform repairs
to it. VHS only.
695148
Teardown and reassembly of the 900 series transaxles.
This video will show a complete step-by-step procedure for
teardown and reassembly of the 900, 910 and 920 series
transaxles.
102
695185
Electrical Troubleshooting. This video training program will
assist the small engine technician in the proper procedures
for troubleshooting electrical systems on outdoor power
equipment.
695285
An in-depth look at the 800 series transaxles. Detailing
the teardown and reassembly procedures for the 800, 801
and 820 transaxles.
SPECIAL BOOKLETS
INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDE
692738
Assists in the use and understanding of the Tecumseh
Master Parts Manual. Illustrates time saving features
incorporated into the manual. Explains new carburetor parts
breakdown format.
4-CYCLE ENGINE FAILURE ANALYSIS
695590
This booklet is designed as a tool for the average technician
to correctly assess the cause of failure.
CARBURETOR TROUBLESHOOTING BOOKLET
695907
This booklet is designed as a quick reference to carburetion
problems and related repair procedures.
IGNITION SYSTEMS TROUBLESHOOTING BOOKLET
694903
This booklet contains information on the identification,
possible problems and related repair procedures of
Tecumseh Ignition Systems.
SPECIAL TOOLS BOOKLET
694862
This booklet depicts all specialty tools offered by Tecumseh
which can be used on 2 and 4 cycle engines and Peerless
units.
QUICK REFERENCE CHART BOOKLET
695933
This booklet contains the quick reference information found
on Tecumseh wall charts.
This booklet is designed to be used as a work bench quick
reference guide when servicing Tecumseh engines and
motion drive systems.
TESTER BOOKLETS
694529
Test procedures for Tecumseh electrical components using
Graham-Lee Tester 31-SM or 31-SMX-H.
694530
Test procedures for Tecumseh electrical components using
Merco-O-Tronic Tester 9800. (Tests are similar for 98, 98A
and 79.)
OIL SEAL DRIVER
FLYWHEEL KNOCK-OFF TOOL
No. 670272 - Oil Seal Driver. Used with all oil seal
protector-drivers to drive the seal into position.
No. 670103 - Knock-off tool (right hand) (7/16").
OIL SEAL PROTECTOR / INSTALLER
Consult the specification chart or measure the shaft
diameter to determine the correct tool.
670260 - Seal Protector
PTO & Magneto w/dia. of 1.187”-1.875”
HH80-120, VH80-120, OH120-180, VM70-100, HM70-100
670261 - Seal Protector
PTO & Magneto w/dia. of .811”-.815”
External ignition lightweight engines
670262 - Seal Protector
PTO & Magneto w/dia. of .749”-.750”
Standard ignition lightweight engines
670308 - Seal Adaptor
PTO & Magneto on HM70-100, TVM170-220, OVM120,
TVXL195-220, HMSK100, w/shaft dia. of 1.3745"-1.3750"
670309 - Seal Protector
PTO & Magneto on HM70-100, TVM170-220, OVM120,
TVXL195-220, HMSK100, w/shaft dia. of 1.3745"-1.3750"
670310 - Seal Protector / Installer
PTO & Magneto on HM70-100, TVM170-220, OVM120,
TVXL195-220, HMSK100, w/shaft dia. of 1.3745"-1.3750"
670263 - Seal Protector Driver
Oil seal on extended camshaft medium frame engines
w/dia. of .6248”-.6253”
Extended 5/8" camshaft medium frame engines
670264 - Seal Protector Driver
Oil seal on 1/2" extended camshaft small frame engines
w/dia. of .4998”-.5001”
670272 - Seal Driver
Used with all oil seal installers
670277 - Seal Protector
Oil seal on 8-1/2:1 1/2” shaft on light weight vertical
crankshaft engines
670292 - Seal Protector and Installer Assy.
Includes 670265, 670266, & 670267
(I.D. 1.002", 1.052" and 1.050") for V70, VM70-100, H70,
HM70-100, V50-70, H50-70, HS40-50, LAV40-50,
TVS105-120, TNT120
670293 - Seal Protector and Installer Assy.
Includes 670268 & 670269
(I.D. .875" and .935") H30-35, LAV30-35, TNT100,
TVS75-90, ECV90-100
670294 - Seal Protector and Installer Assy.
Includes 670273 & 670274
(I.D. .680" and 1.005") AH520 & AH600 with one piece
oil seal
670330 - Seal Protector / Installer
OHV13.5-17 w/ 1-1/2” extended camshaft
670335 - Seal Protector / Installer
HM70-100 PTO & Magneto w/dia. of 1.1870”-1.1875”
670336 - Seal Installer - Adpator
HM70-100 w/ 1-1/8” crankshaft
670337 - Seal Installer for Ball Bearing PTO
OHH engines, use w/ tool 670265
No. 670169 - Knock-off tool (right hand) (1/2").
No. 670314 - Knock-off tool (right hand) (5/8").
No. 670329 - Knock-off tool (right hand) (3/4").
OIL SEAL REMOVER
Consult the specification chart or measure the shaft
diameter to determine the correct tool.
NOTE: Due to variations in oil seal dimensions, these
removers may not pull all oil seals.
USE WITH:
No. 670287. 7/8" Crankshaft bearing diameters
No. 670288. 3/4" Crankshaft bearing diameters
No. 670289. 13/16" Crankshaft bearing diameters
No. 670290. 1" Crankshaft bearing diameters
No. 670312. 1-3/8" Crankshaft bearing diameters
No. 670331. 1-1/2" Crankshaft bearing diameters
VIBRATION TACHOMETER
No. 670156 Vibration tachometer.
TAPER GAP GAUGE
Use tool 670266
No. 670256 Taper Gap Gauge
103
VALVE LAPPING TOOL
1/32" (.794 mm) OVERSIZE VALVE GUIDE REAMER
No. 670154 Valve lapping tool.
REBUSHING DRIVERS
No. 670283. Used on small frame 4 cycle engines on
Intake and Exhaust valve guides. Oversize diameter .2807
.2817
No. 670284. Used on medium and large frame 4 cycle
engines on Intake and Exhaust. Oversize diameter .3432
.3442
Tool
Number
A. 670158
B. 670159
A. 670162
B. 670163
A. NONE
B. 670311
670317
Description
Use with:
Bearing Driver
7/8'’ (22.225 mm)
Main Bearings where bushings are
available.
Bushing Driver
OVRM and OHV11-17 ADJUSTMENT TOOL
Bearing Driver
1'’ (25.4 mm) Main
Bearings where bushings are available
Bushing Driver
Bushing Driver
1-3/8'’ (41.275 mm)
HM70 100, TVM170 220 and OVM120.
Bushing Driver
1-3/16'’ (20.6375 mm)
HM70, HM80 and HM100 Cylinder cover
No. 670326
FLYWHEEL PULLER
No. 670298 Alignment Tool.
No. 670306
104
DECIMAL/FRACTION CONVERSIONS
.016
.031
.047
.063
.078
.094
.109
.125
.141
.156
.172
.188
.203
.219
.234
.25
.266
.281
.297
.312
.328
.344
.359
.375
.391
.406
.422
.438
.453
.469
.484
.50
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1/64
1/32
3/64
1/16
5/64
3/32
7/64
1/8
9/64
5/32
11/64
3/16
13/64
7/32
15/64
1/4
17/64
9/32
19/64
5/16
21/64
11/32
23/64
3/8
25/64
13/32
27/64
7/16
29/64
15/32
31/64
1/2
.516
.531
.547
.563
.578
.594
.609
.625
.641
.656
.672
.688
.703
.719
.734
.75
.766
.781
.797
.813
.828
.844
.859
.875
.891
.906
.922
.938
.953
.969
.984
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
33/64
17/32
35/64
9/16
37/64
19/32
39/64
5/8
41/64
21/32
43/64
11/16
45/64
23/32
47/64
3/4
49/64
25/32
51/64
13/16
53/64
27/32
55/64
7/8
57/64
29/32
59/64
15/16
61/64
31/32
63/64
105
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.001000
TVM220-157285G
143.006512
LEV120-361037C
143.016700
LEV120-361515A
143.255012
LAV50-62027
143.001001
HM100-159411R
143.006700
LEV120-361501A
143.016702
LEV120-361517A
143.255022
LAV50-62029
143.001002
TVM220-157286G
143.006702
LEV120-361502A
143.016704
LEV120-361518A
143.255042
LAV50-62037
143.001101
HMSK110-159960A
143.006712
LEV120-361503A
143.016706
LEV120-361520A
143.255052
LAV50-62039A
143.001103
HMSK110-159961A
143.006714
LEV120-361509A
143.016708
LEV120-361521A
143.255062
LAV50-62043
143.001105
HMSK110-159963A
143.006716
LEV120-361510A
143.016710
LEV120-361522A
143.255072
LAV50-62043A
143.003001
H30-35517Y
143.008001
HM80-155658T
143.016712
LEV120-361523A
143.255082
LAV50-62015A
143.003500
LEV100-335023D
143.008003
HM80-155680T
143.016714
LEV120-361524A
143.255092
LAV50-62037A
143.003501
H35-45767Z
143.008501
HM85-155851B
143.016718
LEV120-361526A
143.255102
LAV50-62029A
143.003502
LEV100-335010D
143.009001
HMSK90-156530D
143.016720
LEV120-361527A
143.255112
LAV50-62039A
143.003504
LEV115-350144E
143.009003
HMSK90-156531D
143.016722
LEV120-361528A
143.257012
LAV40-50358D
143.003504
LEV115-350144E
143.009005
HM90-156017E
143.016724
LEV120-361529A
143.257022
LAV40-50358C
143.003506
TVS90-43775R
143.009007
HM90-156018E
143.016726
LEV120-361530A
143.257032
LAV40-50366D
143.003508
LEV100-335011D
143.009009
HM90-156019E
143.016728
LEV120-361531A
143.257042
LAV40-50201D
143.003800
VSK100-338501A
143.011000
TVM220-157220H
143.016730
LEV120-361532A
143.257052
LAV40-50369D
143.003802
LEV100-338012D
143.011002
TVM220-157286H
143.016732
LEV120-361533A
143.257062
LAV40-50369E
143.003804
TVS90-46129F
143.011004
TVM220-157285H
143.016734
LEV120-361534A
143.257072
LAV40-50366E
143.004000
LEV100-340048D
143.011101
HMSK110-159964A
143.016736
LEV120-361535A
143.265012
LAV50-62015A
143.004001
H40-55704A
143.011103
HMSK110-159965A
143.016738
LEV120-361536A
143.265032
LAV50-62047A
143.004002
LEV100-340037D
143.013500
LEV100-335011E
143.018001
HM80-155680U
143.265042
LAV50-62030A
143.004004
LEV100-340024D
143.013501
H35-45768Z
143.018501
HM85-155853C
143.265052
LAV50-62049A
143.004006
TVS90-48048D
143.013502
LEV100-335010E
143.019001
HMSK90-156534D
143.265062
LAV50-62039B
143.004008
LEV115-350159E
143.013503
H35-45777Z
143.019003
HMSK90-156536D
143.265072
LAV50-62047B
143.004010
LEV100-340031D
143.013802
LEV100-338022E
143.019005
HMSK90-156537D
143.265082
LAV50-62015B
143.004012
LEV100-340033D
143.014000
LEV100-340031E
143.019007
HM90-156021F
143.265092
LAV50-62029B
143.004014
LEV100-340015D
143.014001
H40-55705A
143.019009
HM90-156018F
143.265112
LAV50-62037B
143.004016
LEV100-340016D
143.014002
LEV100-340032E
143.019011
HM90-156019F
143.265122
LAV50-62043B
143.004018
LEV115-350168E
143.014004
LEV100-340033E
143.021101
HMSK110-159964B
143.265132
LAV50-62050B
143.004500
LEV120-361069C
143.014006
LEV100-340015E
143.021103
HMSK110-159965B
143.265142
LAV50-62051B
143.004502
LEV100-345014D
143.014008
LEV100-340016E
143.025001
HSSK50-67410S
143.265152
LAV50-62052B
143.004504
LEV100-345006D
143.014010
LEV100-340017E
143.025003
HSSK50-67411S
143.265162
LAV50-62053B
143.004506
TVS115-57065G
143.014012
LEV100-340021E
143.025005
HSSK50-67412S
143.265172
LAV50-62024B
143.005001
HSSK50-67399S
143.014014
LEV100-340024E
143.029001
HMSK90-156534E
143.265192
LAV50-62049B
143.005003
HSSK50-67400S
143.014016
LEV100-340052E
143.029003
HMSK90-156536E
143.267012
LAV40-50368E
143.005004
LEV115-350128E
143.014500
LEV120-361082C
143.029005
HMSK90-156537E
143.267022
LAV40-50368F
143.005006
LEV115-350090E
143.014502
LEV100-345006E
143.207012
LAV40-50254B
143.267042
LAV40-50369F
143.005008
LEV115-350060E
143.014504
LEV100-345021E
143.207022
LAV40-50205B
143.274092
LAV35-40938L
143.005504
LEV115-355021E
143.014506
LEV120-361105C
143.207032
LAV40-50207B
143.274102
LAV35-40939L
143.005506
TVS115-62124D
143.015000
LEV115-350121E
143.207042
LAV40-50254B
143.274112
LAV35-40940L
143.005508
LEV120-361504A
143.015001
HSSK50-67405S
143.207052
LAV40-50201B
143.274122
LAV35-40941L
143.005510
LEV115-355022E
143.015002
LEV115-350189E
143.207072
LAV40-50270B
143.274132
LAV35-40942L
143.005512
LEV120-361075C
143.015003
HSSK50-67406S
143.217042
LAV40-50254C
143.274162
LAV35-40899L
143.006000
LEV115-360021D
143.015004
LEV115-350192E
143.217062
LAV40-50207C
143.274172
LAV35-40943L
143.006002
TVS120-66021C
143.015005
HSSK50-67407S
143.217072
LAV40-50201C
143.274182
LAV35-40944L
143.006004
LEV115-360025D
143.015007
HSSK50-67408S
143.217102
LAV40-50217C
143.274252
LAV35-40751L
143.006006
LEV115-360024D
143.015500
LEV115-355026E
143.235032
LAV50-62002
143.274272
LAV35-40948L
143.006200
LEV115-360026D
143.015502
LEV120-361096C
143.235072
LAV50-62010
143.274282
LAV35-40949L
143.006202
TVS120-66020C
143.015504
LEV120-361097C
143.237042
LAV40-50336C
143.274292
LAV35-40950L
143.006204
LEV120-361505A
143.016000
LEV115-360033D
143.245012
LAV50-62012
143.274302
LAV35-40951L
143.006206
LEV115-360030D
143.016002
LEV115-360034D
143.245012
LAV50-62012
143.274312
LAV35-40952L
143.006502
LEV120-361044C
143.016004
LEV115-360035D
143.245092
LAV50-62015
143.274322
LAV35-40953L
143.006504
LEV120-361013C
143.016200
LEV115-360031D
143.245142
LAV50-62018
143.274332
LAV35-40954L
143.006506
LEV120-361054C
143.016202
LEV120-361519A
143.245152
LAV50-62019
143.274352
LAV35-40955L
143.006508
LEV120-361047C
143.016502
LEV120-361093C
143.245172
LAV50-62023
143.274372
LAV35-40956L
143.006510
LEV120-361045C
143.016504
LEV120-361537A
143.245182
LAV50-62024
143.274472
LAV35-40957L
E
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.274492
LAV35-40858L
143.284712
LAV35-40926M
143.314482
TVS90-43150B
143.331012
TVS75-33025D
143.274552
LAV35-40961L
143.284722
LAV35-40917M
143.314542
TVS90-43066B
143.331022
TVS75-33012D
143.274592
LAV35-40962L
143.284732
LAV35-40859M
143.314552
TVS90-43088B
143.334022
TVS90-43173D
143.274642
LAV35-40626L
143.284762
LAV35-40463M
143.314562
TVS90-43116B
143.334032
TVS90-43174D
143.274662
LAV35-40967L
143.285012
LAV50-62050C
143.314702
LAV35-40906N
143.334052
TVXL105-54012B
143.274682
LAV35-40882L
143.285022
LAV50-62024C
143.314722
TVS90-43139B
143.334062
TVS90-43175D
143.274702
LAV35-40926L
143.285032
LAV50-62066C
143.314732
TVS90-43140B
143.334072
TVS90-43176D
143.274772
LAV35-40924L
143.285042
LAV50-62049C
143.314742
TVS90-43141B
143.334112
TVS90-43177D
143.274792
LAV35-40774L
143.285052
LAV50-62067C
143.314752
TVS90-43142B
143.334122
TVS90-43178D
143.275012
LAV50-62059B
143.285062
LAV50-62065C
143.314762
TVS90-43143B
143.334142
TVS90-43068D
143.275012
LAV50-62059B
143.285072
LAV50-62037C
143.314772
TVS90-43144B
143.334152
TVS90-43019D
143.275022
LAV50-62060B
143.285082
LAV50-62063C
143.315022
LAV50-62071D
143.334162
TVS90-43145D
143.275042
LAV50-62018B
143.285092
LAV50-62068C
143.315032
TVS105-53018B
143.334192
LAV35-40917P
143.275052
LAV50-62063B
143.285102
LAV50-62043C
143.315042
TVS105-53025B
143.334202
TVS90-43116D
143.275062
LAV50-62065B
143.287012
LAV40-50389E
143.315062
LAV50-62065D
143.334262
TVS90-43139D
143.275072
LAV50-62019B
143.287022
LAV40-50391D
143.315072
TVS105-53006B
143.334272
TVS90-43140D
143.275082
LAV50-62066B
143.287032
LAV40-50392E
143.315092
LAV50-62037D
143.334282
TVS90-43141D
143.277012
LAV40-50387D
143.294552
TVS105-53012A
143.315102
LAV50-62053D
143.334292
TVS90-43142D
143.277022
LAV40-50382D
143.294562
TVS105-53013A
143.315112
LAV50-62050D
143.334302
TVS90-43143D
143.284012
LAV35-40969M
143.294622
TVS105-53017A
143.315122
LAV50-62067D
143.334312
TVS90-43144D
143.284022
LAV35-40970M
143.294632
TVS105-53018A
143.321012
TVS75-33010C
143.334332
TVS90-43201D
143.284032
LAV35-40971M
143.294642
TVS105-53016A
143.321022
TVS75-33012C
143.334352
TVS90-43121D
143.284052
LAV35-40972M
143.294702
TVS105-53025A
143.324052
TVS90-43020C
143.334362
TVS90-43215D
143.284062
LAV35-40973M
143.295012
LAV50-62071C
143.324112
TVS90-43116C
143.334372
TVS90-43220D
143.284082
LAV35-40974M
143.295022
LAV50-62072C
143.324142
TVS90-43139C
143.334382
TVS90-43226D
143.284092
LAV35-40975M
143.295032
LAV50-62053C
143.324152
TVS90-43121C
143.335032
LAV50-62037E
143.284112
LAV35-40977M
143.297012
TVS105-53006A
143.324162
TVS90-43025C
143.335042
LAV50-62067E
143.284142
LAV35-40980M
143.304362
LAV35-40906M
143.324172
TVS90-43142C
143.335052
TVS120-63209A
143.284152
LAV35-40981M
143.305042
LAV50-62073C
143.324182
TVXL105-54009A
143.335062
LAV50-62065E
143.284162
LAV35-40982M
143.305062
LAV50-62074C
143.324192
TVS90-43144C
143.335072
TVS120-63210A
143.284182
LAV35-40986M
143.313012
TVS75-33010B
143.326012
TVM195-150016H
143.336012
TVM140-70371K
143.284222
LAV30-30538M
143.313022
TVS75-33012B
143.326022
TVM195-150062H
143.336022
TVM220-157058D
143.284242
LAV35-40990M
143.314032
TVS90-43020B
143.326032
TVM195-150063H
143.336032
TVM220-157062D
143.284252
LAV35-40991M
143.314042
TVS90-43022B
143.326042
TVM195-150114H
143.336042
TVM220-157069D
143.284282
LAV35-40992M
143.314052
TVS90-43023B
143.326052
TVM195-150122H
143.341012
TVS75-33039D
143.284292
LAV35-40993M
143.314062
TVS90-43025B
143.326062
TVM195-150017H
143.344022
TVS90-43213D
143.284302
LAV35-40994M
143.314072
TVS90-43032B
143.326072
TVM195-150065H
143.344032
TVS90-43214D
143.284312
LAV35-40882M
143.314082
TVS90-43033B
143.326082
TVM195-150071H
143.344042
TVS90-43221D
143.284322
LAV35-40858M
143.314092
TVS90-43094B
143.326092
TVM195-150039H
143.344072
TVS90-43219D
143.284392
LAV35-40751M
143.314102
TVS90-43095B
143.326102
TVM195-150080H
143.344102
TVS90-43222D
143.284402
LAV35-40995M
143.314112
TVS90-43096B
143.326112
TVM195-150064H
143.344112
TVXL105-54017B
143.284412
LAV35-40996M
143.314182
TVS90-43121B
143.326122
TVM220-157028D
143.344142
TVS90-43230D
143.284422
LAV35-40962M
143.314262
TVS90-43059B
143.326132
TVM220-157035D
143.344162
TVS90-43250D
143.284442
LAV30-30539M
143.314272
TVS90-43061B
143.326142
TVM220-157014D
143.344182
TVS90-43252D
143.284482
LAV35-40961M
143.314282
TVS90-43107B
143.326152
TVM220-157026D
143.344192
TVS90-43253D
143.284512
LAV35-40997M
143.314292
TVS90-43019B
143.326162
TVM220-157047D
143.344202
TVS90-43254D
143.284522
LAV35-40998M
143.314302
TVS90-43134B
143.326172
TVM220-157027D
143.344212
TVS90-43255D
143.284542
LAV35-40999M
143.314322
TVS90-43040B
143.326182
TVM220-157025D
143.344222
TVS90-43256D
143.284552
LAV35-41000M
143.314332
TVS90-43112B
143.326282
TVM140-70281K
143.344402
TVXL105-54020B
143.284562
LAV35-41001M
143.314342
TVS90-43111B
143.326292
TVM140-70259K
143.344412
TVXL105-54021B
143.284572
LAV35-41002M
143.314362
TVS90-43145B
143.326302
TVM140-70304K
143.344422
TVS90-43268D
143.284592
LAV35-41003M
143.314382
TVS90-43044B
143.326322
TVM170-127008C
143.344432
TVS90-43269D
143.284632
LAV35-41006M
143.314402
TVS90-43068B
143.326332
TVM195-150116H
143.344442
TVS105-53059D
143.284652
LAV35-40923M
143.314412
TVS90-43108B
143.326342
TVM195-150134H
143.344462
TVS105-53067D
143.284662
LAV35-40938M
143.314432
LAV35-40917N
143.326372
TVM170-127009C
143.345032
TVS120-63211A
EE
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.345042
LAV50-62082E
143.356082
TVM220-157083F
143.374072
TVS90-43358E
143.384392
TVS90-43403F
143.346012
TVM220-157058E
143.356092
TVM220-157084F
143.374082
TVS90-43359E
143.384402
TVS105-53107F
143.346022
TVM220-157062E
143.356102
TVM170-127013E
143.374212
TVS90-43360E
143.384412
TVS105-53602F
143.346032
TVM170-127008D
143.356122
TVM195-150154K
143.374222
TVS90-43361E
143.384422
TVS105-53607F
143.346042
TVM195-150116J
143.356132
TVM195-150155K
143.374232
TVS90-43362E
143.384432
TVS100-44604B
143.346052
TVM195-150134J
143.356142
TVM195-150156K
143.374292
TVS105-53601E
143.384442
TVS90-43405F
143.346062
TVM220-157069E
143.356152
TVM195-150157K
143.374302
TVS90-43371E
143.384452
TVS90-43375F
143.346072
TVM220-157035E
143.356162
TVM220-157085F
143.374312
TVS105-53101E
143.384462
ECV100-145273G
143.346082
TVM170-127009D
143.356172
TVM220-157086F
143.374322
TVS90-43342E
143.384472
ECV100-145291G
143.346092
TVM195-150016J
143.356182
TVM220-157087F
143.374332
TVS90-43375E
143.384482
ECV100-145292G
143.346102
TVM195-150114J
143.356192
TVM220-157088F
143.374362
TVS90-43307E
143.384492
ECV100-145266G
143.346112
TVM195-150122J
143.356202
TVM220-157089F
143.374372
TVS105-53602E
143.384502
ECV100-145290G
143.346122
TVM195-150039J
143.356212
TVM220-157090F
143.374382
TVS90-43215E
143.384512
ECV100-145288G
143.346132
TVM195-150080J
143.356222
TVM220-157091F
143.374422
TVS105-53102E
143.384522
ECV100-145297G
143.346142
TVM220-157028E
143.356232
TVM220-157093F
143.374432
TVS90-43389E
143.384532
ECV100-145289G
143.346152
TVM220-157014E
143.356252
TVM220-157097F
143.375042
LAV50-62037F
143.384542
ECV100-145310G
143.346162
TVM220-157026E
143.356362
TVM125-60251L
143.376022
TVM220-157106H
143.384552
TVS90-43389F
143.346172
TVM220-157047E
143.361012
TVS75-33054D
143.376042
TVM195-150164M
143.384562
ECV100-145320G
143.346182
TVM220-157027E
143.364012
TVS90-43333D
143.376052
TVM220-157115H
143.384572
TVS90-43415F
143.346192
TVM220-157025E
143.364082
TVS90-43334D
143.376062
TVM195-150151M
143.385042
LAV50-62037G
143.346202
TVM125-60249K
143.364102
TVS90-43335D
143.376092
TVM220-157083H
143.385052
LAV50-62082G
143.351012
TVS75-33046D
143.364112
TVS90-43336D
143.381012
TVS75-33061F
143.386022
TVM220-157120J
143.351022
TVS75-33052D
143.364122
TVS90-43337D
143.381022
TVS75-33059F
143.386042
TVM220-157122J
143.354012
TVS90-43290D
143.364132
TVS90-43338D
143.384012
TVS90-43379F
143.386052
TVM195-150152N
143.354062
TVS90-43291D
143.364142
TVS90-43339D
143.384022
TVS90-43380F
143.386062
TVM220-157083J
143.354092
TVS90-43292D
143.364202
TVS90-43341D
143.384032
TVS90-43381F
143.386072
TVM220-157084J
143.354102
TVS90-43293D
143.364222
TVS90-43342D
143.384042
TVS90-43382F
143.386082
TVM220-157097J
143.354122
TVS90-43294D
143.364262
TVS105-53087D
143.384052
TVS90-43383F
143.386122
TVM195-150151N
143.354132
TVXL105-54024B
143.364352
TVS90-43346E
143.384062
TVS90-43384F
143.386132
TVM195-150164N
143.354142
TVS90-43295D
143.364362
TVS90-43347E
143.384072
TVS90-43385F
143.386142
TVM220-157115J
143.354162
TVS90-43289D
143.364372
TVS90-43348E
143.384082
TVS90-43386F
143.386172
TVM220-157126H
143.354172
TVS90-43288D
143.364392
TVS90-43351D
143.384092
ECV100-145313G
143.386182
TVM220-157128J
143.354182
TVS90-43296D
143.364402
TVS105-53090D
143.384102
ECV100-145314G
143.391012
TVS75-33066F
143.354192
TVS90-43297D
143.366022
TVM195-150134L
143.384112
ECV100-145315G
143.394012
ECV100-145323G
143.354202
TVS90-43298D
143.366032
TVM220-157069G
143.384122
ECV100-145316G
143.394022
TVS90-43420F
143.354212
TVS90-43299D
143.366042
TVM195-150151L
143.384172
ECV100-145317G
143.394032
TVS90-43422F
143.354232
TVS90-43300D
143.366052
TVM220-157093G
143.384202
ECV100-145318G
143.394042
TVS90-43423F
143.354282
LAV35-40917R
143.366062
TVM220-157081G
143.384212
ECV100-145319G
143.394052
TVS90-43424F
143.354292
TVS90-43307D
143.366082
TVM125-60252L
143.384222
ECV100-145258G
143.394062
TVS90-43425F
143.354312
TVS90-43312D
143.366102
TVM195-150152L
143.384232
ECV100-145295G
143.394072
TVS90-43426F
143.354322
TVS90-43315D
143.366112
TVM220-157083G
143.384242
ECV100-145296G
143.394082
ECV100-145324G
143.354332
TVS90-43316D
143.366122
TVM220-157084G
143.384252
ECV100-145286G
143.394122
TVS90-43438F
143.354342
TVS90-43321D
143.366132
TVM220-157097G
143.384262
ECV100-145287G
143.394132
TVS90-43421F
143.354352
TVS90-43322D
143.366152
TVM195-150163L
143.384272
TVS90-43342F
143.394142
TVS90-43428F
143.354482
TVS105-53077D
143.366172
TVM220-157108G
143.384282
TVS90-43347F
143.394152
TVS90-43443F
143.354492
TVS105-53083D
143.366182
TVM125-60254L
143.384292
TVS90-43346F
143.394162
ECV100-145333G
143.354502
TVS105-53084D
143.366192
TVM220-157106G
143.384302
TVS90-43215F
143.394172
ECV100-145327G
143.355032
LAV50-62050F
143.366222
TVM220-157110G
143.384312
TVS90-43396F
143.394222
ECV100-145326G
143.356012
TVM220-157081F
143.371012
TVS75-33056E
143.384322
ECV100-145321G
143.394232
ECV100-145325G
143.356022
TVM125-60249L
143.371022
TVS75-33057E
143.384332
ECV100-145322G
143.394242
TVS90-43451F
143.356032
TVM195-150134K
143.371032
TVS75-33059E
143.384342
TVS90-43348F
143.394252
ECV100-145330G
143.356042
TVM220-157069F
143.374012
TVS90-43352E
143.384352
ECV100-145285G
143.394262
ECV100-145332G
143.356052
TVM195-150151K
143.374022
TVS90-43353E
143.384362
ECV100-145294G
143.394272
ECV100-145331G
143.356062
TVM125-60251L
143.374032
TVS90-43354E
143.384372
ECV100-145293G
143.394282
ECV100-145329G
143.356072
TVM195-150152K
143.374052
TVS90-43356E
143.384382
TVS90-43402F
143.394302
TVS90-43454F
EEE
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.394312
TVS90-43455F
143.404382
TVS105-53906G
143.414342
TVS105-53903H
143.424322
TVS105-56006
143.394322
TVS90-43456F
143.404392
TVS105-53907G
143.414362
TVS105-53911H
143.424332
TVS120-63134H
143.394332
TVS90-43457F
143.404402
TVS120-63902F
143.414372
TVS105-53169H
143.424342
TVS120-63135H
143.394342
ECV100-145334G
143.404412
TVS105-53147G
143.414382
TVS105-53151H
143.424352
TVS105-53180J
143.394352
ECV100-145335G
143.404422
TVS105-53148G
143.414402
TVS105-53902H
143.424362
TVS90-43555H
143.394362
ECV100-145336G
143.404432
TVS105-53149G
143.414412
TVS105-53168H
143.424372
TVS90-43556H
143.394372
ECV100-145337G
143.404442
TVS105-53150G
143.414422
TVS120-63115G
143.424382
TVS105-56007
143.394382
ECV100-145338G
143.404452
TVS105-53151G
143.414482
TVS105-53139H
143.424392
TVS105-56907
143.394392
ECV100-145339G
143.404462
TVS105-53152G
143.414492
TVS120-63120G
143.424402
TVS120-63902H
143.394402
ECV100-145340G
143.404472
TVS120-63120F
143.414502
TVS90-43534G
143.424412
TVS90-43558H
143.394412
ECV100-145341G
143.404482
TVS120-63903F
143.414522
TVS90-43901G
143.424462
TVS100-44038D
143.394422
ECV100-145342G
143.404502
TVS90-43504F
143.414542
TVS105-53907H
143.424472
TVS90-43515H
143.394442
ECV100-145344G
143.404532
TVS90-43497F
143.414572
TVS120-63902G
143.424482
TVS120-63137H
143.394452
ECV100-145345G
143.406022
TVXL220-157205A
143.414582
TVS105-53910H
143.424492
TVS105-53920J
143.394462
ECV100-145346G
143.406032
TVXL220-157215A
143.414592
TVS105-53912H
143.424502
TVS120-63915H
143.394472
ECV100-145347G
143.406042
TVXL220-157220A
143.414602
TVS105-53913H
143.424512
TVS90-43298H
143.394482
ECV100-145348G
143.406082
TVM125-60261L
143.414612
TVS90-43537G
143.424532
TVS100-44043D
143.394492
TVS90-43458F
143.406092
TVXL195-150233
143.414622
TVS120-63127G
143.424542
TVS100-44045D
143.394502
LAV35-40917S
143.406102
TVXL220-157230A
143.414632
TVS105-53914H
143.424552
TVS100-44046D
143.394512
ECV100-145349G
143.406122
TVXL220-157206A
143.414642
TVS120-63907G
143.424562
TVS90-43389H
143.394522
TVS100-44605B
143.406172
TVXL195-150238
143.414652
TVS105-53175H
143.424572
TVS90-43299H
143.395012
ECV120-152044D
143.414012
TVS90-43512G
143.414662
TVS105-53176H
143.424582
TVS120-63916H
143.395022
ECV120-152045D
143.414022
TVS105-53162H
143.414672
TVS105-53177H
143.426012
TVM125-60261M
143.396022
TVXL220-157213
143.414032
TVS90-43513G
143.414682
ECV100-145349H
143.426032
TVXL195-150238A
143.396042
TVXL220-157206
143.414042
TVS90-43514G
143.416032
TVXL220-157240A
143.426042
TVXL220-157205B
143.396052
TVXL220-157205
143.414052
TVS90-43515G
143.416052
TVM125-60254M
143.426052
TVXL220-157206B
143.396082
TVXL220-157215
143.414062
TVS105-53163H
143.416072
TVXL220-157241A
143.426062
TVXL220-157220B
143.396102
TVM125-60258L
143.414072
TVS105-53165H
143.424012
TVS90-43504H
143.426072
TVXL220-157245B
143.396122
TVXL220-157220
143.414082
TVS90-43497G
143.424022
TVS105-56001
143.426132
TVXL220-157215B
143.404022
TVS90-43490F
143.414092
ECV100-145334H
143.424032
TVS90-43497H
143.434012
TVS90-43504J
143.404032
TVS90-43491F
143.414102
ECV100-145335H
143.424042
TVS105-53153J
143.434022
TVS90-43526J
143.404042
TVS105-53123G
143.414112
ECV100-145339H
143.424052
TVS90-43526H
143.434032
TVS115-61902
143.404082
TVS105-53901G
143.414122
ECV100-145340H
143.424062
TVS120-63129H
143.434042
TVS115-56007A
143.404092
TVS105-53902G
143.414132
ECV100-145341H
143.424072
TVS100-44026D
143.434052
TVS115-56012A
143.404122
TVS120-63114F
143.414142
ECV100-145342H
143.424082
TVS105-56904
143.434062
TVS115-57902A
143.404132
TVS105-53130G
143.414152
ECV100-145344H
143.424102
TVS120-63910H
143.434072
TVS90-43572J
143.404142
TVS105-53903G
143.414162
ECV100-145345H
143.424112
TVS100-44029D
143.434082
TVS115-56011A
143.404152
TVS120-63115F
143.414182
TVS90-43299G
143.424122
TVS100-44030D
143.434092
TVS90-46005
143.404162
TVS105-53132G
143.414192
ECV100-145337H
143.424132
TVS100-44031D
143.434102
TVS115-61002
143.404172
TVS105-53131G
143.414202
ECV100-145338H
143.424142
TVS105-56905
143.434122
TVS115-56010A
143.404182
TVS120-63901F
143.414212
TVS90-43389G
143.424152
TVS120-63911H
143.434132
TVS115-61901
143.404202
TVS105-53136G
143.414222
TVS105-53167H
143.424162
TVS105-56906
143.434142
TVS90-43497J
143.404222
TVS105-53137G
143.414222
TVS105-53167H
143.424172
TVS120-63130H
143.434152
TVS115-56906A
143.404232
TVS105-53138G
143.414232
TVS90-43526G
143.424182
TVS100-44032D
143.434162
TVS115-56001A
143.404242
TVS105-53133G
143.414242
TVS90-43375G
143.424192
TVS100-44033D
143.434182
TVS115-56017A
143.404252
TVS105-53134G
143.414252
TVS90-43215G
143.424202
TVS90-43215H
143.434192
TVS90-46003
143.404282
TVS105-53139G
143.414262
ECV100-145346H
143.424212
TVS90-43514H
143.434202
TVS115-57012A
143.404292
TVS120-63117F
143.414272
ECV100-145347H
143.424222
TVS90-43513H
143.434212
TVS90-43576J
143.404312
TVS105-53140G
143.414282
TVS90-43528G
143.424232
TVS90-43375H
143.434222
TVS90-46012
143.404322
TVS105-53153G
143.414292
TVS105-53153H
143.424242
TVS90-43553H
143.434232
TVS115-56016A
143.404332
TVS105-53904G
143.414292
TVS105-53153H
143.424252
TVS90-43528H
143.434242
TVS90-46013
143.404342
TVS90-43498F
143.414302
TVS120-63124G
143.424262
TVS105-53163J
143.434262
TVS90-46007
143.404352
TVS90-43499F
143.414312
TVS105-53130H
143.424282
TVS105-53912J
143.434272
TVS90-46015
143.404362
TVS105-53143G
143.414322
TVS105-53901H
143.424292
TVS105-53913J
143.434282
TVS120-63917J
143.404372
TVS105-53905G
143.414332
TVS90-43504G
143.424312
TVS105-56005
143.434292
TVS90-46017
EL
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.434302
TVS90-46018
143.626122
H70-130036A
143.666192
H60-75438K
143.686142
HM80-155171E
143.434312
TVS90-46019
143.626142
H70-130006A
143.666202
H60-75439K
143.686142
HM80-155171E
143.434332
TVS120-63918J
143.626152
H70-130070A
143.666222
H70-130200C
143.686152
HM100-159036C
143.434342
TVS100-44037E
143.626172
H70-130081A
143.666242
HH60-105096F
143.686152
HM100-159036C
143.434352
TVS90-43375J
143.626192
H70-130017A
143.666252
H70-130172C
143.686162
H60-75462M
143.434362
TVS100-44033E
143.626212
H70-130057A
143.666272
H60-75416K
143.686172
HM100-159040C
143.434372
TVS90-43513J
143.626292
H70-130168A
143.666282
H70-130211C
143.686182
H60-75464K
143.434382
TVS100-44031E
143.626312
H70-130069A
143.666292
H60-75442M
143.687012
HS40-55502G
143.434392
TVS90-43515J
143.626322
H70-130015A
143.666302
H70-130212D
143.687042
HS40-55514G
143.434402
TVS90-43553J
143.636032
H70-130172A
143.666312
H70-130213D
143.696012
H60-75465K
143.434412
TVS90-43298J
143.636062
H70-130173A
143.666332
HM100-159008B
143.696032
HM80-155145E
143.434422
TVS100-44043E
143.64152
TVXL105-54029B
143.666342
H70-130006C
143.696042
H60-75461N
143.434432
TVS90-43215J
143.646012
H70-130182A
143.666362
HM100-159011B
143.696052
H70-130232E
143.434442
TVS100-44030E
143.646022
H70-130181A
143.666372
H60-75445K
143.696062
HM80-155171F
143.434452
TVS100-44038E
143.646032
H70-130183A
143.666382
H70-130205D
143.696072
HM100-159036D
143.434462
TVS100-44032E
143.646062
H70-130013B
143.667052
HS40-55482G
143.696082
HS50-67181C
143.434472
TVS100-44036E
143.646072
H70-130006B
143.667062
HS40-55477G
143.696092
HM80-155170F
143.434482
TVS90-43528J
143.646082
H70-130181B
143.667072
HS40-55212G
143.696102
H70-130205E
143.434492
TVS105-53913K
143.646092
H70-130182B
143.667082
HS40-55495G
143.696112
HM100-159034D
143.434502
TVS105-53163K
143.646102
H70-130173B
143.675012
HS50-67146C
143.696122
H60-75462N
143.434512
TVS115-61016
143.646122
H70-130057B
143.675022
HS50-67149C
143.696132
HM80-155131F
143.434522
TVS115-61906
143.646132
H70-130108B
143.675032
H50-65398L
143.696142
H50-65413L
143.434532
TVS90-43514J
143.646152
H70-130081B
143.676032
H70-130219C
143.696152
H60-75403N
143.434542
TVS100-44029E
143.646172
H70-130185B
143.676062
HM100-159014A
143.697022
HS50-67170C
143.434552
TVS100-44045E
143.646182
H70-130183B
143.676072
HM100-159015A
143.697042
HS50-67117C
143.434562
TVS90-43299J
143.646192
H60-75365K
143.676082
HM100-159016A
143.697052
HS50-67178C
143.434572
TVS90-43512J
143.646202
H70-130186B
143.676092
HM100-159017A
143.706012
H60-75467K
143.434582
TVS100-44048E
143.656032
H60-75403K
143.676102
H70-130221C
143.706022
H60-75468K
143.434592
TVS115-56911A
143.656062
H70-130172B
143.676112
H60-75452K
143.706032
HM80-155190E
143.434602
TVS115-56031A
143.656102
H70-130193B
143.676112
H60-75452K
143.706042
HM80-155189E
143.436012
TVXL220-157245C
143.656122
H70-130196B
143.676122
H70-130211D
143.706052
HM80-155189E
143.436052
TVM125-60267N
143.656132
H70-130197B
143.676132
H60-75403M
143.706062
H60-75469K
143.436062
TVXL195-150246B
143.656152
H70-130200B
143.676152
HM100-159019A
143.706072
HM80-155194E
143.436072
TVXL220-157220C
143.656192
H70-130069B
143.676162
HM100-159020A
143.706082
HM80-155193E
143.436082
TVXL220-157215C
143.656232
H70-130202B
143.676172
H70-130172D
143.706092
H70-130172E
143.436112
TVXL220-157206C
143.656262
H70-130203C
143.676192
H70-130224C
143.706102
H60-75470P
143.436122
TVXL220-157205C
143.656272
H70-130205C
143.676212
HM100-159011C
143.706112
H70-130240F
143.436162
TVM125-60254N
143.665032
HS50-67062C
143.676242
H60-75457M
143.706122
HM80-155195G
143.436172
TVXL195-150238B
143.665042
HS50-67037C
143.676262
HM100-159008C
143.706132
HM100-159055E
143.586112
H70-130006
143.665052
HS50-67128C
143.677022
HS40-55363G
143.706142
H60-75471P
143.606012
H70-130070
143.665072
HS50-67135C
143.685022
HS50-67163C
143.706152
HM100-159034E
143.606022
H70-130071
143.666012
H70-130097C
143.685032
HS50-67177C
143.706162
HM80-155170G
143.606032
H70-130072
143.666022
H70-130206C
143.686012
HM70 132007A
143.706172
H70-130205F
143.606042
H70-130069
143.666042
H70-130207C
143.686022
HM70 132008A
143.706182
H70-130172F
143.606052
H70-130081
143.666052
H70-130193C
143.686032
HM80-155122E
143.706192
H70-130206F
143.606102
H70-130097
143.666062
H70-130197C
143.686042
HM80-155121E
143.706212
H50-65447M
143.616012
H70-130099
143.666072
H70-130202C
143.686052
HM80-155146E
143.706222
HM80-155204G
143.616122
H70-130108
143.666102
H60-75420K
143.686062
H70-130206D
143.706232
HM100-159062E
143.626012
H70-130138A
143.666112
H60-75426K
143.686082
HM80-155164E
143.707012
HS50-67188C
143.626032
H70-130135A
143.666122
H60-75411K
143.686092
HM80-155170E
143.707042
HS40-55524G
143.626052
H70-130029A
143.666132
H60-75404K
143.686102
HM100-159034C
143.707052
HS50-67190C
143.626062
H70-130097A
143.666142
H60-75398K
143.686122
H60-75461M
143.707072
HS50-67191C
143.626082
H70-130037A
143.666172
H60-75403L
143.686122
H60-75461M
143.707082
HS50-67192C
143.626092
H70-130108A
143.666182
H60-75437K
143.686132
H70-130232D
143.707092
HS50-67193D
143.626102
H70-130013A
143.666192
H60-75438K
143.686132
H70-130232D
143.707102
HS40-55526G
L
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.707112
HS50-67195D
143.725012
HS50-67210E
143.751012
H30-35342R
143.766122
143.707122
HS40-55534G
143.726012
H60-75480M
143.751022
H30-35333R
143.766132
H70-130263K
143.707132
HS50-67200D
143.726022
HM100-159019C
143.751032
H30-35362R
143.766142
HM100-159125L
143.716012
HM70-132014B
143.726032
HM80-155228F
143.751042
H30-35363R
143.766152
HM80-155321L
143.716022
HM80-155208F
143.726042
H70-130207E
143.751052
H30-35350R
143.774012
H35-45605R
143.716032
H60-75465L
143.726052
H70-130224E
143.751062
H30-35351R
143.774102
H30-35374R
143.716042
H60-75445L
143.726082
H60-75445M
143.754012
H35-45581R
143.774122
H35-45612R
143.716052
HM70-132007B
143.726092
H50-65461P
143.754022
H35-45379R
143.774132
HS50-67280E
143.716062
HM70-132008B
143.726102
HM100-159066C
143.754032
H35-45575R
143.776012
HM80-155299J
143.716072
HM80-155189F
143.726132
H60-75416M
143.754042
H35-45592R
143.776022
H70-130264F
143.716082
HM80-155190F
143.726142
HH60-105096H
143.754052
H35-45576R
143.776042
HM80-155327J
143.716092
HM100-159014B
143.726152
HM80-155229H
143.754062
HS50-67224E
143.776052
HM100-159134F
143.716102
HM100-159015B
143.726182
H70-130193E
143.754072
H35-45595R
143.776062
HM100-159135F
143.716112
H70-130221D
143.726192
H70-130197E
143.754082
HS50-67163E
143.784012
HS40-55556K
143.716122
H70-130207D
143.726202
H70-130006E
143.754092
HS50-67192E
143.784022
HS50-67268G
143.716132
H70-130193D
143.726212
H70-130196E
143.754102
H35-45587R
143.784032
HS50-67274G
143.716142
H70-130197D
143.726222
H60-75465M
143.754112
HS50-67238F
143.784042
HS40-55562K
143.716152
HM80-155194F
143.726232
HM100-159014C
143.754122
HS40-55546J
143.784062
H30-35382S
143.716162
H50-65398M
143.726242
H60-75469M
143.754132
HS50-67247F
143.784072
HS50-67192F
143.716172
HM80-155122F
143.726252
H70-130206G
143.754142
HS50-67200F
143.784082
H30-35333S
143.716182
HM80-155145F
143.726262
H60-75439M
143.754152
H35-45554R
143.784092
H30-35362S
143.716192
HM80-155146F
143.726272
HM80-155231F
143.756012
H60-75487N
143.784102
H30-35374S
143.716202
H70-130232F
143.726282
H70-130205H
143.756022
H60-75489N
143.784102
H30-35374S
143.716212
HM100-159066B
143.726292
HM100-159034G
143.756042
H70-130207F
143.784112
H35-45592S
143.716222
HM80-155211F
143.726302
H50-65413P
143.756052
H70-130006F
143.784112
H35-45592S
143.716232
H60-75469L
143.726312
HM100-159072G
143.756062
HM100-159020D
143.784122
H35-45612S
143.716242
H50-65413M
143.726322
HM100-159020C
143.756072
H60-75469N
143.784132
HS50-67280F
143.716252
H70-130224D
143.734042
HS40-55542H
143.756082
HM80-155228G
143.784142
H35-45379S
143.716282
H60-75439L
143.735012
HS50-67220E
143.756092
H60-75465N
143.784152
HS50-67163F
143.716292
H60-75437L
143.735022
HS50-67224D
143.756102
HM80-155146G
143.784162
H30-35350S
143.716302
HH60-105096G
143.736032
H60-75484M
143.756112
HM100-159014D
143.784172
H30-35393S
143.716312
H70-130006D
143.736042
HM80-155235F
143.756122
HM80-155256G
143.784182
H35-45595S
143.716322
H70-130196D
143.736052
H60-75486M
143.756132
H70-130224F
143.784192
HSK35-45554T
143.716332
HM100-159019B
143.736062
H60-75487M
143.756142
H50-65479P
143.786012
HM80-155308M
143.716342
HM70-132015B
143.736072
H50-65447P
143.756152
HM100-159019D
143.786022
HM80-155309M
143.716352
H60-75438L
143.736082
HM80-155238F
143.756162
H70-130256K
143.786032
HM80-155321M
143.716362
H70-130205G
143.736092
H70-130252H
143.756172
HM100-159095K
143.786042
HM100-159115M
143.716372
HM100-159034F
143.736102
HM100-159079H
143.756182
HM80-155279K
143.786052
HM80-155338M
143.716382
HM100-159055F
143.736112
H50-65473P
143.756192
HM80-155280K
143.786062
HM100-159140M
143.716392
HM80-155204H
143.736122
HM80-155246J
143.756202
HM100-159101K
143.786072
HM100-159141M
143.716412
H60-75404L
143.736132
HM80-155247J
143.756212
HM80-155299G
143.786092
HM80-155340L
143.716422
H50-65447N
143.736142
HM100-159086H
143.756222
H70-130260K
143.786112
HM80-155346K
143.716432
HM100-159062F
143.742032
HM80-155256F
143.764012
HS50-67178F
143.786122
HM100-159135G
143.717012
HS40-55482H
143.742042
H50-65479N
143.764022
HS50-67265F
143.786132
H70-130006G
143.717022
HS40-55502H
143.742052
H50-65480N
143.764032
HS40-55556J
143.786142
H70-130269G
143.717032
HS40-55524H
143.744092
HS50-67238E
143.764042
HS50-67268F
143.786152
H70-130264G
143.717042
HS50-67190D
143.744102
HS40-55546H
143.764052
H35-45604R
143.786162
H60-75469P
143.717052
HS40-55363H
143.744112
HS50-67247E
143.764062
HS50-67273F
143.786172
HM80-155327K
143.717062
HS50-67128D
143.746012
H60-75489M
143.764072
HS50-67274F
143.786182
HM100-159111N
143.717072
HS50-67163D
143.746022
HM80-155250F
143.766012
HM80-155302H
143.786192
HM100-159134G
143.717082
HS50-67192D
143.746062
H70-130256J
143.766072
HM80-155306H
143.786202
HM100-159158G
143.717092
HS50-67195E
143.746072
HM100-159095J
143.766082
HM80-155299H
143.794042
HS50-67268H
143.717102
HS40-55537H
143.746082
HM80-155279J
143.766092
HM100-159111L
143.794052
HS40-55572L
143.717112
HS50-67206E
143.746092
HM80-155280J
143.766102
HM80-155308L
143.794053
HS50-67291H
143.724052
HS40-55526H
143.746102
HM100-159101J
143.766112
HM80-155309L
143.794072
HS40-55573L
LE
HM100-159115L
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.794082
HS50-67300H
143.824022
H30-35426T
143.943526
TVS90-43512K
143.945020
TVS115-61027A
143.796012
HM80-155308N
143.824042
H30-35431T
143.943528
TVS90-43299K
143.945300
TVS120-63918K
143.796022
HM80-155309N
143.826012
HM80-155445P
143.943530
TVS90-43514K
143.945300
TVS120-63918K
143.796032
HM80-155321N
143.826022
HM100-159209R
143.943532
TVS90-43700K
143.945302
TVS120-63919K
143.796042
HM80-155338N
143.826032
HM80-155433M
143.943800
TVS100-44048F
143.945502
TVS120-63921K
143.796052
HM100-159115N
143.826042
HM80-155454M
143.943802
TVS100-44036F
143.945502
TVS120-63921K
143.796062
HM100-159140N
143.826052
HM100-159135K
143.943804
TVS90-46030A
143.945504
TVS120-63920K
143.796072
HM100-159141N
143.826062
H60-75537S
143.943806
TVS90-46031A
143.945506
TVS120-63922K
143.796082
HM80-155365N
143.826072
HM80-155424M
143.943808
TVS90-46032A
143.945508
TVS120-63923K
143.796092
HM80-155366N
143.826092
H60-75538S
143.943810
TVS100-44043F
143.945510
TVS120-63924K
143.796102
HM100-159162N
143.826102
HM80-155462M
143.943812
TVS90-46035A
143.946001
H60-75539U
143.796132
HM80-155370N
143.826112
H60-75539S
143.943814
TVS90-46036A
143.946003
H60-75469U
143.796142
HSK70-130267M
143.826122
HM80-155400M
143.943816
TVS90-46037A
143.946005
H60-75537U
143.796152
HM80-155346L
143.834012
HSSK50-67338L
143.943818
TVS100-44038F
143.946007
H60-75554U
143.796162
HM100-159169H
143.834022
H30-35426U
143.943820
TVS100-44029F
143.948000
TVXL195-150238C
143.796172
HM100-159135H
143.834042
H35-45595T
143.943830
TVS100-44046F
143.948001
HMSK80-155478S
143.796182
H70-130006H
143.836012
HMSK80-155478R
143.943832
TVS100-44030F
143.948001
HMSK80-155478S
143.796192
HM80-155327L
143.836022
HMSK80-155416R
143.943834
TVS100-44031F
143.948003
HMSK80-155502S
143.796202
HM80-155384L
143.836032
HMSK100-159199S
143.943838
TVS100-44033F
143.948005
HM80-155487N
143.804062
HS40-55586M
143.836042
HMSK100-159244S
143.943842
TVS100-44045F
143.948007
HM80-155433N
143.804072
HS50-67309J
143.836082
HM80-155487M
143.943844
TVS100-44032F
143.948009
HM80-155424N
143.804082
H30-35419S
143.836092
H60-75537T
143.944000
TVS105-53163L
143.951000
TVM220-157245E
143.804092
H30-35420S
143.836102
H60-75538T
143.944002
TVS115-56032B
143.951001
HMSK100-159282T
143.804102
H35-45629S
143.836112
H60-75469T
143.944004
TVS115-56031B
143.951002
TVM220-157206E
143.804112
H30-35424S
143.836122
H60-75539T
143.944006
TVS115-56033B
143.951003
HM100-159262M
143.806012
HM80-155370P
143.836132
H60-75554T
143.944008
TVS105-53912L
143.951004
TVM220-157215E
143.806022
HM80-155309P
143.941000
TVXL220-157245D
143.944010
TVS115-56012B
143.951005
HM100-159135M
143.806032
HM80-155389P
143.941001
HMSK100-159244T
143.944012
TVS115-56010B
143.951006
TVM220-157205E
143.806042
HM100-159115P
143.941001
HMSK100-159244T
143.944014
TVS115-56036B
143.951008
TVM220-157220E
143.806052
HM100-159180P
143.941002
TVXL220-157205D
143.944016
TVS115-56037B
143.951010
TVM220-157255E
143.806072
HM80-155308P
143.941003
HMSK100-159261T
143.944018
TVS115-56016B
143.953001
H30-35431W
143.806082
HM80-155394P
143.941004
TVXL220-157215D
143.944022
TVS115-56043B
143.953003
H30-35453W
143.806092
HM100-159183P
143.941005
HM100-159262K
143.944024
TVS115-56042B
143.953005
H30-35450W
143.806092
HM100-159183P
143.941006
TVXL220-157206D
143.944026
TVS105-53913L
143.953007
H30-35459W
143.806102
HM80-155400L
143.941007
HM100-159135L
143.944028
TVS115-56044B
143.953500
TVS90-43576L
143.806112
H70-130264H
143.941008
TVXL220-157220D
143.944030
TVS115-56046B
143.953501
HT35-45595V
143.806122
H70-130267N
143.941009
HM100-159262L
143.944032
TVS115-56912B
143.953502
TVS90-43513L
143.806132
HM100-159192J
143.943001
H30-35426V
143.944034
TVS115-56047B
143.953503
H35-45654W
143.806142
H70-130268H
143.943003
H30-35431V
143.944036
TVS115-56048B
143.953504
TVS90-43215L
143.806152
HM80-155411L
143.943005
H30-35450V
143.944500
TVS115-57020B
143.953505
H35-45655W
143.806162
HM100-159135J
143.943009
H30-35453V
143.944502
TVS115-57023B
143.953506
TVS90-43515L
143.806172
HM100-159169J
143.943009
H30-35453V
143.944504
TVS115-57028B
143.953507
H35-45671W
143.806182
HM80-155424L
143.943501
H35-45655V
143.944506
TVS115-57030B
143.953508
TVS90-43700L
143.814012
HS40-55586N
143.943502
TVS90-43515K
143.945000
TVM125-60254P
143.953509
H35-45657V
143.814022
HS50-67309K
143.943503
H35-45654V
143.945001
HSSK50-67338M
143.953510
TVS90-43375L
143.814032
H30-35426S
143.943504
TVS90-43513K
143.945002
TVS115-61901A
143.953511
H35-45675W
143.814042
H30-35427S
143.943505
H35-45595U
143.945003
HS50-67163H
143.953512
TVS90-43512L
143.814072
H30-35431S
143.943506
TVS90-43215K
143.945004
TVS115-61021A
143.953513
H35-45674W
143.816012
HMSK100-159183R
143.943507
H35-45657U
143.945006
TVS115-61022A
143.953514
TVS90-43514L
143.816022
HM80-155416P
143.943508
TVS90-43572K
143.945010
TVS115-61906A
143.953515
H35-45661W
143.816032
HM100-159199R
143.943508
TVS90-43572K
143.945012
TVS115-61016A
143.953516
TVS90-43298L
143.816052
HM80-155433L
143.943509
H35-45661V
143.945014
TVS115-61002A
143.953800
TVS90-46036B
143.816062
H60-75469S
143.943510
TVS90-43298K
143.945016
TVS115-61024A
143.953802
TVS100-44029G
143.824012
H30-35427T
143.943512
TVS90-43375K
143.945016
TVS115-61024A
143.953804
TVS100-44031G
143.824022
H30-35426T
143.943514
TVS90-43576K
143.945018
TVS115-61026A
143.953806
TVS100-44036G
LEE
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.953808
TVS100-44037G
143.961005
HM100-159309M
143.965012
TVS115-61026C
143.974012
TVS115-56047E
143.953810
TVS100-44046G
143.961007
HM100-159294M
143.965014
TVS115-61037C
143.974014
TVS115-56094E
143.953812
TVS100-44038G
143.963001
H30-35453X
143.965016
LEV115-350004A
143.974016
TVS115-56095E
143.953814
TVS90-46035B
143.963500
TVS90-43515M
143.965018
LEV115-350006A
143.974018
TVS115-56073E
143.953818
TVS100-44030G
143.963501
H35-45657W
143.965020
TVS115-61027C
143.974020
LEV115-350044B
143.953820
TVS100-44033G
143.963502
TVS90-43215M
143.965022
TVS115-61056C
143.974022
LEV100-340002A
143.953822
TVS100-44045G
143.963503
H35-45687W
143.965024
LEV115-350015B
143.974024
TVS115-56071E
143.953824
TVS100-44032G
143.963504
TVS90-43576M
143.965502
TVS120-63920M
143.974026
TVS115-56074E
143.954000
TVS115-56033C
143.963505
H35-45671X
143.965504
TVS115-62901A
143.974030
LEV115-350045B
143.954001
HSSK40-55585S
143.963506
LEV115-350009A
143.965506
LEV115-355002A
143.974032
TVS90-48023B
143.954002
TVS115-56036C
143.963507
H35-45674X
143.965508
TVS115-62902A
143.974034
TVS115-56077E
143.954004
TVS105-53163M
143.963508
TVS90-43729M
143.966001
H60-75469V
143.974036
TVS90-48029B
143.954006
TVS105-53913M
143.963509
H35-45675X
143.966003
H60-75539V
143.974500
TVS115-57048E
143.954008
TVS115-56037C
143.963511
H35-45661X
143.966004
TVS120-63929M
143.974502
TVS115-57049E
143.954010
TVS115-56051C
143.963513
H35-45697X
143.966005
H60-75554V
143.974504
LEV115-350029B
143.954018
TVS115-56044C
143.963515
H35-45698X
143.966010
TVS120-63930M
143.974506
LEV115-350030B
143.954020
TVS115-56912C
143.963517
H35-45595W
143.966012
TVS120-63924M
143.974508
TVS115-57054E
143.954022
TVS115-56047C
143.963800
TVS100-44031H
143.968000
TVM195-150238E
143.975000
TVS115-61037D
143.954024
TVS115-56048C
143.963802
TVS100-44029H
143.968001
HMSK80-155547T
143.975001
HSSK50-67338R
143.954026
TVS115-56046C
143.963804
TVS90-46068C
143.968003
HMSK80-155478T
143.975002
LEV115-350012B
143.954500
TVS115-57031C
143.963806
TVS100-44033H
143.968005
HMSK80-155555T
143.975004
TVS115-61051D
143.954502
TVS115-57023C
143.963808
TVS90-46035C
143.969001
HM90-156007B
143.975006
TVS115-61027D
143.954504
TVS115-57032C
143.963810
TVS100-44030H
143.969003
HM90-156008B
143.975007
HSSK50-67374R
143.954506
TVS115-57030C
143.963812
TVS90-46081C
143.969005
HM90-156004B
143.975008
TVS115-61026D
143.954508
TVS115-57033C
143.964000
TVS115-56047D
143.969007
HM90-156005B
143.975010
TVS115-61056D
143.954516
TVS115-57028C
143.964001
HSSK40-55585T
143.971000
TVM220-157205F
143.975012
TVS115-61063D
143.955000
TVS115-61907B
143.964002
TVS115-56036D
143.971001
HMSK100-159244V
143.975014
TVS115-61064D
143.955001
HSSK50-67338N
143.964004
TVS115-56048D
143.971002
TVM220-157215F
143.975016
TVS115-61065D
143.955001
HSSK50-67338N
143.964006
TVS90-48001A
143.971003
HMSK100-159339V
143.975024
LEV115-350031B
143.955002
TVS115-61024B
143.964008
TVS90-48005A
143.971004
TVM220-157206F
143.975026
LEV115-350032B
143.955004
TVS115-61032B
143.964010
LEV115-350002A
143.971005
HM100-159309N
143.975028
TVS115-61072D
143.955005
HS50-67163J
143.964012
LEV115-350008A
143.971007
HM100-159352M
143.975030
TVS115-61071D
143.955006
TVS115-61906B
143.964014
TVS115-56071D
143.971009
HM100-159135N
143.975032
TVS115-61016D
143.955008
TVS115-61016B
143.964016
TVS115-56072D
143.971011
HM100-159374N
143.975034
LEV115-350047B
143.955010
TVS115-61021B
143.964018
TVS115-56073D
143.973500
TVS90-43576N
143.975036
TVS115-61081D
143.955016
TVS115-61037B
143.964020
TVS115-56074D
143.973501
H35-45657X
143.975038
TVS115-61082D
143.955018
TVS115-61039B
143.964022
TVS115-56078D
143.973502
TVS90-43729N
143.975500
TVS115-62106B
143.955020
TVS115-61027B
143.964024
TVS115-56077D
143.973503
H35-45698Y
143.975502
TVS115-62107B
143.955022
TVS115-61026B
143.964026
TVS115-56076D
143.973504
LEV115-350009B
143.975504
TVS115-62108B
143.955024
TVS115-61041B
143.964028
TVS115-56082D
143.973505
H35-45675Y
143.975506
TVS115-62110B
143.955300
TVS120-63924L
143.964500
TVS115-57023D
143.973507
H35-45697Y
143.975508
LEV115-355005B
143.955500
TVS120-63920L
143.964502
TVS115-57031D
143.973508
TVS90-43515N
143.975510
LEV115-355006B
143.955502
TVS120-63925L
143.964504
TVS115-57030D
143.973509
H35-45674Y
143.975516
TVS115-62114B
143.955506
TVS120-63921L
143.964506
TVS115-57032D
143.973510
TVS90-43746N
143.976002
TVS120-66901A
143.958000
TVM195-150238D
143.964510
LEV115-350005A
143.973511
H35-45661Y
143.976003
H60-75469W
143.958001
HMSK80-155535S
143.964512
LEV115-350003A
143.973512
LEV115-350043B
143.976005
H60-75539W
143.958003
HM80-155424P
143.965000
TVM125-60254R
143.973513
H35-45657Y
143.976007
H60-75554W
143.958005
HM80-155487P
143.965001
HSSK50-67365P
143.973800
TVS90-46083D
143.976250
TVS120-66101A
143.958007
HM80-155544P
143.965002
TVS115-61049C
143.973802
TVS90-46081D
143.976252
TVS120-66102A
143.959001
HM90-156004B
143.965003
HSSK50-67338P
143.973804
LEV115-350040B
143.976254
LEV115-360005A
143.959003
HM90-156005B
143.965004
TVS115-61021C
143.974002
TVS115-56089E
143.976256
LEV115-360007A
143.959005
HM90-156006B
143.965005
HSSK50-67374P
143.974004
TVS115-56048E
143.976258
LEV115-360008A
143.961000
TVM220-157259E
143.965006
TVS115-61050C
143.974006
TVS90-48014B
143.976260
TVS120-66103A
143.961001
HMSK100-159244U
143.965008
TVS115-61016C
143.974008
TVS90-48013B
143.977001
HSK70-130299T
143.961003
HMSK100-159305U
143.965010
TVS115-61051C
143.974010
TVS115-56090E
143.978000
TVM195-150238F
LEEE
SEARS CRAFTSMAN CROSS REFERENCE CHARTS
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
Craftsman Tecumseh
143.978001
HMSK80-155478U
143.985007
HSSK50-67374S
143.994000
LEV100-340026C
143.996524
143.978003
HMSK80-155580U
143.985008
LEV115-350072C
143.994001
H40-55703A
143.998000
TVM195-150289G
143.978005
HM80-155587R
143.985010
TVS115-61085E
143.994002
LEV100-340029C
143.998001
HM80-155658S
143.978007
HM80-155424R
143.985012
LEV115-350090C
143.994004
LEV100-340030C
143.998003
HM80-155680S
143.978501
HMSK85-155901A
143.985014
TVS115-61083E
143.994006
LEV100-340031C
143.998501
HMSK85-155903A
143.979001
HMSK90-156518C
143.985016
LEV115-350119C
143.994008
LEV100-340021C
143.998503
HM80-155852A
143.979003
HM90-156004C
143.985018
LEV120-361038A
143.994010
LEV100-340016C
143.999001
HMSK90-156522D
143.979005
HM90-156005C
143.985500
LEV115-355008C
143.994012
LEV100-340017C
143.999003
HM90-156017D
143.979009
HM90-156007C
143.985502
LEV115-355007C
143.994014
LEV100-340032C
143.999005
HMSK90-156525D
143.979011
HM90-156008C
143.985504
TVS115-62116C
143.994016
LEV100-340033C
143.999007
HMSK90-156529D
143.981000
TVM220-157215G
143.985506
TVS115-62117C
143.994018
LEV100-340015C
143.999009
HM90-156018D
143.981001
HMSK100-159365W
143.985508
TVS115-62118C
143.994020
LEV115-350129D
143.999011
HM90-156019D
143.981002
TVM220-157272G
143.985510
LEV115-355012C
143.994022
LEV100-340037C
143.981003
HM100-159135P
143.985512
LEV115-355014C
143.994024
LEV100-340024C
143.981005
HM100-159374P
143.986000
LEV115-360014B
143.994500
LEV100-345013C
143.981007
HM100-159388P
143.986002
LEV115-360012B
143.994502
LEV100-345012C
143.983500
LEV100-335009B
143.986004
LEV115-360013B
143.994504
LEV100-345006C
143.983501
H35-45661Z
143.986006
LEV115-360015B
143.994506
TVS115-57064G
143.983502
LEV100-335010B
143.986010
TVS120-66011B
143.994508
LEV100-345014C
143.983504
LEV100-335011B
143.986250
LEV115-360008B
143.994510
LEV120-361053B
143.983506
TVS90-43746P
143.986252
LEV120-361019A
143.995000
LEV115-350114D
143.983508
LEV100-335015B
143.986500
LEV120-361012A
143.995001
HSSK50-67392S
143.983510
LEV100-335018B
143.986502
LEV120-361013A
143.995002
LEV115-350090D
143.983800
LEV100-338007B
143.986504
LEV120-361021A
143.995003
HSSK50-67396S
143.983804
LEV100-338012B
143.986506
TVS120-66104B
143.995004
LEV120-361046B
143.983806
TVS90-46111E
143.986508
TVS120-66105B
143.995005
HSSK50-67398S
143.984000
LEV115-350056C
143.986512
LEV120-361031A
143.995006
LEV115-350121D
143.984001
H40-55701A
143.986514
LEV120-361037A
143.995008
LEV115-350060D
143.984002
LEV115-350057C
143.988000
TVM195-150287G
143.995012
LEV115-350070D
143.984004
LEV115-350058C
143.988001
HM80-155587S
143.995014
LEV115-350128D
143.984006
LEV115-350059C
143.988003
HMSK80-155614V
143.995500
LEV115-355008D
143.984008
LEV100-340012B
143.988005
HM80-155424S
143.995502
LEV115-355016D
143.984012
LEV100-340014B
143.988503
HM85-155851A
143.995504
LEV115-355007D
143.984014
LEV100-340015B
143.989001
HM90-156004D
143.995506
LEV115-355014D
143.984016
LEV100-340016B
143.989003
HM90-156005D
143.995508
TVS115-62122D
143.984018
LEV100-340017B
143.989005
HM90-156007D
143.996000
LEV115-360012C
143.984020
LEV100-340021B
143.989007
HM90-156008D
143.996002
LEV115-360015C
143.984022
LEV100-340022B
143.991001
HM100-159411P
143.996004
LEV115-360021C
143.984024
LEV100-340024B
143.991002
TVM220-157275G
143.996006
TVS120-66018C
143.984026
LEV100-340026B
143.991004
TVM220-157277G
143.996008
TVS120-66011C
143.984028
LEV100-340027B
143.991101
HMSK110-159951A
143.996010
LEV115-360024C
143.984030
LEV100-340028B
143.991103
HMSK110-159959A
143.996012
LEV115-360025C
143.984500
LEV100-345003B
143.993001
H30-35512Y
143.996200
LEV115-360028C
143.984502
LEV100-345002B
143.993500
LEV100-335018C
143.996502
LEV120-361012B
143.984504
LEV100-345006B
143.993501
H35-45754Y
143.996504
LEV120-361013B
143.984506
TVS115-57057F
143.993502
LEV100-335010C
143.996506
LEV120-361041B
143.984508
LEV100-345009B
143.993503
H35-45756Z
143.996508
LEV120-361042B
143.984510
LEV100-345010B
143.993504
LEV100-335020C
143.996510
LEV120-361044B
143.984512
LEV100-345011B
143.993506
LEV100-335011C
143.996512
LEV120-361045B
143.984514
LEV100-345012B
143.993508
TVS90-43746R
143.996514
LEV120-361037B
143.985000
LEV115-350060C
143.993510
LEV80-333003A
143.996516
LEV120-361047B
143.985002
LEV115-350073C
143.993512
LEV100-335023C
143.996516
LEV120-361047B
143.985003
HSSK50-67338S
143.993514
LEV115-350144D
143.996518
TVS120-66104C
143.985004
LEV115-350070C
143.993800
LEV100-338012C
143.996520
TVS120-66105C
143.985006
LEV115-350071C
143.993802
TVS90-46111F
143.996522
TVS120-66107C
LEV120-361054B
EN